Completed
Push — master ( 5794c5...08c98b )
by Fabien
53:00
created
Classes/Persistence/Storage/VidiDbBackend.php 2 patches
Spacing   +37 added lines, -37 removed lines patch added patch discarded remove patch
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@  discard block
 block discarded – undo
169 169
             if (isset($statementParts['keywords']['distinct'])) {
170 170
                 unset($statementParts['keywords']['distinct']);
171 171
                 $distinctField = $this->query->getDistinct() ? $this->query->getDistinct() : 'uid';
172
-                $statementParts['fields'] = array('COUNT(DISTINCT ' . $statementParts['mainTable'] . '.' . $distinctField . ')');
172
+                $statementParts['fields'] = array('COUNT(DISTINCT '.$statementParts['mainTable'].'.'.$distinctField.')');
173 173
             }
174 174
 
175 175
             $sql = $this->buildQuery($statementParts);
@@ -232,14 +232,14 @@  discard block
 block discarded – undo
232 232
             // tx_domain_model_foo0 (the alias) <--> tx_domain_model_foo (the origin table name)
233 233
             $values = [];
234 234
             foreach ($statementParts['fields'] as $key => $value) {
235
-                $values[$key] = str_replace($tableName, $tableName . '0', $value);
235
+                $values[$key] = str_replace($tableName, $tableName.'0', $value);
236 236
             }
237 237
             $statementParts['fields'] = $values;
238 238
 
239 239
             // Same comment as above.
240 240
             $values = [];
241 241
             foreach ($statementParts['where'] as $key => $value) {
242
-                $values[$key] = str_replace($tableName . '0', $tableName, $value);
242
+                $values[$key] = str_replace($tableName.'0', $tableName, $value);
243 243
             }
244 244
             $statementParts['where'] = $values;
245 245
 
@@ -278,25 +278,25 @@  discard block
 block discarded – undo
278 278
         if (!empty($statementParts['unions'])) {
279 279
             foreach ($statementParts['unions'] as $tableName => $unionPart) {
280 280
                 if (!empty($statementParts['additionalWhereClause'][$tableName])) {
281
-                    $statementParts['unions'][$tableName] .= ' AND ' . implode(' AND ', $statementParts['additionalWhereClause'][$tableName]);
281
+                    $statementParts['unions'][$tableName] .= ' AND '.implode(' AND ', $statementParts['additionalWhereClause'][$tableName]);
282 282
                 }
283 283
             }
284 284
         }
285 285
 
286
-        $statement = 'SELECT ' . implode(' ', $statementParts['keywords']) . ' ' . implode(',', $statementParts['fields']) . ' FROM ' . implode(' ', $statementParts['tables']) . ' ' . implode(' ', $statementParts['unions']);
286
+        $statement = 'SELECT '.implode(' ', $statementParts['keywords']).' '.implode(',', $statementParts['fields']).' FROM '.implode(' ', $statementParts['tables']).' '.implode(' ', $statementParts['unions']);
287 287
         if (!empty($statementParts['where'])) {
288
-            $statement .= ' WHERE ' . implode('', $statementParts['where']);
288
+            $statement .= ' WHERE '.implode('', $statementParts['where']);
289 289
             if (!empty($statementParts['additionalWhereClause'][$this->query->getType()])) {
290
-                $statement .= ' AND ' . implode(' AND ', $statementParts['additionalWhereClause'][$this->query->getType()]);
290
+                $statement .= ' AND '.implode(' AND ', $statementParts['additionalWhereClause'][$this->query->getType()]);
291 291
             }
292 292
         } elseif (!empty($statementParts['additionalWhereClause'])) {
293
-            $statement .= ' WHERE ' . implode(' AND ', $statementParts['additionalWhereClause'][$this->query->getType()]);
293
+            $statement .= ' WHERE '.implode(' AND ', $statementParts['additionalWhereClause'][$this->query->getType()]);
294 294
         }
295 295
         if (!empty($statementParts['orderings'])) {
296
-            $statement .= ' ORDER BY ' . implode(', ', $statementParts['orderings']);
296
+            $statement .= ' ORDER BY '.implode(', ', $statementParts['orderings']);
297 297
         }
298 298
         if (!empty($statementParts['limit'])) {
299
-            $statement .= ' LIMIT ' . $statementParts['limit'];
299
+            $statement .= ' LIMIT '.$statementParts['limit'];
300 300
         }
301 301
 
302 302
         return $statement;
@@ -312,9 +312,9 @@  discard block
 block discarded – undo
312 312
     protected function parseSource(SourceInterface $source, array &$sql)
313 313
     {
314 314
         $tableName = $this->getTableName();
315
-        $sql['fields'][$tableName] = $tableName . '.*';
315
+        $sql['fields'][$tableName] = $tableName.'.*';
316 316
         if ($this->query->getDistinct()) {
317
-            $sql['fields'][$tableName] = $tableName . '.' . $this->query->getDistinct();
317
+            $sql['fields'][$tableName] = $tableName.'.'.$this->query->getDistinct();
318 318
             $sql['keywords']['distinct'] = 'DISTINCT';
319 319
         }
320 320
         $sql['tables'][$tableName] = $tableName;
@@ -452,7 +452,7 @@  discard block
 block discarded – undo
452 452
             if ($realInput instanceof DomainObjectInterface) {
453 453
                 return $realInput->getUid();
454 454
             } else {
455
-                throw new UnexpectedTypeException('An object of class "' . get_class($realInput) . '" could not be converted to a plain value.', 1274799934);
455
+                throw new UnexpectedTypeException('An object of class "'.get_class($realInput).'" could not be converted to a plain value.', 1274799934);
456 456
             }
457 457
         } elseif (is_bool($input)) {
458 458
             return $input === true ? 1 : 0;
@@ -502,9 +502,9 @@  discard block
 block discarded – undo
502 502
                 : '?';
503 503
 
504 504
             if ($valueFunction === null) {
505
-                $constraintSQL .= (!empty($tableName) ? $tableName . '.' : '') . $columnName . ' ' . $resolvedOperator . ' ' . $marker;
505
+                $constraintSQL .= (!empty($tableName) ? $tableName.'.' : '').$columnName.' '.$resolvedOperator.' '.$marker;
506 506
             } else {
507
-                $constraintSQL .= $valueFunction . '(' . (!empty($tableName) ? $tableName . '.' : '') . $columnName . ') ' . $resolvedOperator . ' ' . $marker;
507
+                $constraintSQL .= $valueFunction.'('.(!empty($tableName) ? $tableName.'.' : '').$columnName.') '.$resolvedOperator.' '.$marker;
508 508
             }
509 509
 
510 510
             if (isset($tableName) && !empty($this->currentChildTableNameAlias)) {
@@ -531,7 +531,7 @@  discard block
 block discarded – undo
531 531
         // to determine the relation type. Example for sys_category, property path will look like "items.sys_file"
532 532
         $parts = explode('.', $propertyPath, 3);
533 533
         if ($table->field($fieldName)->isGroup() && count($parts) > 2) {
534
-            $explodedPropertyPath[0] = $parts[0] . '.' . $parts[1];
534
+            $explodedPropertyPath[0] = $parts[0].'.'.$parts[1];
535 535
             $explodedPropertyPath[1] = $parts[2];
536 536
             $fieldName = $explodedPropertyPath[0];
537 537
         }
@@ -540,16 +540,16 @@  discard block
 block discarded – undo
540 540
         $childTableName = $table->field($fieldName)->getForeignTable();
541 541
 
542 542
         if ($childTableName === null) {
543
-            throw new InvalidRelationConfigurationException('The relation information for property "' . $fieldName . '" of class "' . $tableName . '" is missing.', 1353170925);
543
+            throw new InvalidRelationConfigurationException('The relation information for property "'.$fieldName.'" of class "'.$tableName.'" is missing.', 1353170925);
544 544
         }
545 545
 
546 546
         if ($table->field($fieldName)->hasOne()) { // includes relation "one-to-one" and "many-to-one"
547 547
             // sometimes the opposite relation is not defined. We don't want to force this config for backward compatibility reasons.
548 548
             // $parentKeyFieldName === null does the trick somehow. Before condition was if (isset($parentKeyFieldName))
549 549
             if ($table->field($fieldName)->hasRelationManyToOne() || $parentKeyFieldName === null) {
550
-                $statementParts['unions'][$childTableName] = 'LEFT JOIN ' . $childTableName . ' ON ' . $tableName . '.' . $fieldName . '=' . $childTableName . '.uid';
550
+                $statementParts['unions'][$childTableName] = 'LEFT JOIN '.$childTableName.' ON '.$tableName.'.'.$fieldName.'='.$childTableName.'.uid';
551 551
             } else {
552
-                $statementParts['unions'][$childTableName] = 'LEFT JOIN ' . $childTableName . ' ON ' . $tableName . '.uid=' . $childTableName . '.' . $parentKeyFieldName;
552
+                $statementParts['unions'][$childTableName] = 'LEFT JOIN '.$childTableName.' ON '.$tableName.'.uid='.$childTableName.'.'.$parentKeyFieldName;
553 553
             }
554 554
         } elseif ($table->field($fieldName)->hasRelationManyToMany()) {
555 555
             $relationTableName = $table->field($fieldName)->getManyToManyTable();
@@ -779,18 +779,18 @@  discard block
 block discarded – undo
779 779
         // If the table is found to have "workspace" support, add the corresponding fields in the statement.
780 780
         if (Tca::table($tableName)->hasWorkspaceSupport()) {
781 781
             if ($this->getBackendUser()->workspace === 0) {
782
-                $statement .= ' AND ' . $tableName . '.t3ver_state<=' . new VersionState(VersionState::DEFAULT_STATE);
782
+                $statement .= ' AND '.$tableName.'.t3ver_state<='.new VersionState(VersionState::DEFAULT_STATE);
783 783
             } else {
784 784
                 // Show only records of live and of the current workspace
785 785
                 // In case we are in a Versioning preview
786
-                $statement .= ' AND (' .
787
-                    $tableName . '.t3ver_wsid=0 OR ' .
788
-                    $tableName . '.t3ver_wsid=' . (int)$this->getBackendUser()->workspace .
786
+                $statement .= ' AND ('.
787
+                    $tableName.'.t3ver_wsid=0 OR '.
788
+                    $tableName.'.t3ver_wsid='.(int)$this->getBackendUser()->workspace.
789 789
                     ')';
790 790
             }
791 791
 
792 792
             // Check if this segment make sense here or whether it should be in the "if" part when we have workspace = 0
793
-            $statement .= ' AND ' . $tableName . '.pid<>-1';
793
+            $statement .= ' AND '.$tableName.'.pid<>-1';
794 794
         }
795 795
 
796 796
         if (!$includeDeleted) {
@@ -815,25 +815,25 @@  discard block
 block discarded – undo
815 815
         if (is_array($GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl'])) {
816 816
             if (!empty($GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['languageField'])) {
817 817
                 // Select all entries for the current language
818
-                $additionalWhereClause = $tableNameOrAlias . '.' . $GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['languageField'] . ' IN (' . intval($querySettings->getLanguageUid()) . ',-1)';
818
+                $additionalWhereClause = $tableNameOrAlias.'.'.$GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['languageField'].' IN ('.intval($querySettings->getLanguageUid()).',-1)';
819 819
                 // If any language is set -> get those entries which are not translated yet
820 820
                 // They will be removed by t3lib_page::getRecordOverlay if not matching overlay mode
821 821
                 if (isset($GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField'])
822 822
                     && $querySettings->getLanguageUid() > 0
823 823
                 ) {
824
-                    $additionalWhereClause .= ' OR (' . $tableNameOrAlias . '.' . $GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['languageField'] . '=0' .
825
-                        ' AND ' . $tableNameOrAlias . '.uid NOT IN (SELECT ' . $tableName . '.' . $GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField'] .
826
-                        ' FROM ' . $tableName .
827
-                        ' WHERE ' . $tableName . '.' . $GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField'] . '>0' .
828
-                        ' AND ' . $tableName . '.' . $GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['languageField'] . '>0';
824
+                    $additionalWhereClause .= ' OR ('.$tableNameOrAlias.'.'.$GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['languageField'].'=0'.
825
+                        ' AND '.$tableNameOrAlias.'.uid NOT IN (SELECT '.$tableName.'.'.$GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField'].
826
+                        ' FROM '.$tableName.
827
+                        ' WHERE '.$tableName.'.'.$GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField'].'>0'.
828
+                        ' AND '.$tableName.'.'.$GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['languageField'].'>0';
829 829
 
830 830
                     // Add delete clause to ensure all entries are loaded
831 831
                     if (isset($GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['delete'])) {
832
-                        $additionalWhereClause .= ' AND ' . $tableNameOrAlias . '.' . $GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['delete'] . '=0';
832
+                        $additionalWhereClause .= ' AND '.$tableNameOrAlias.'.'.$GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['delete'].'=0';
833 833
                     }
834 834
                     $additionalWhereClause .= '))';
835 835
                 }
836
-                $statementParts['additionalWhereClause'][$tableNameOrAlias][] = '(' . $additionalWhereClause . ')';
836
+                $statementParts['additionalWhereClause'][$tableNameOrAlias][] = '('.$additionalWhereClause.')';
837 837
             }
838 838
         }
839 839
     }
@@ -878,7 +878,7 @@  discard block
 block discarded – undo
878 878
     protected function parseLimitAndOffset($limit, $offset, array &$statementParts)
879 879
     {
880 880
         if ($limit !== null && $offset !== null) {
881
-            $statementParts['limit'] = intval($offset) . ', ' . intval($limit);
881
+            $statementParts['limit'] = intval($offset).', '.intval($limit);
882 882
         } elseif ($limit !== null) {
883 883
             $statementParts['limit'] = intval($limit);
884 884
         }
@@ -946,11 +946,11 @@  discard block
 block discarded – undo
946 946
             ) {
947 947
                 $queryBuilder = $this->getQueryBuilder();
948 948
                 $row = $queryBuilder
949
-                    ->select($tableName . '.*')
949
+                    ->select($tableName.'.*')
950 950
                     ->from($tableName)
951 951
                     ->andWhere(
952
-                        $tableName . '.uid=' . (int)$row[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField']],
953
-                        $tableName . '.' . $GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['languageField'] . ' = 0'
952
+                        $tableName.'.uid='.(int)$row[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField']],
953
+                        $tableName.'.'.$GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['languageField'].' = 0'
954 954
                     )
955 955
                     ->execute()
956 956
                     ->fetch();
@@ -1011,7 +1011,7 @@  discard block
 block discarded – undo
1011 1011
         }
1012 1012
 
1013 1013
         $numberOfAliases = $this->tableNameAliases['aliasIncrement'][$tableName];
1014
-        $tableNameAlias = $tableName . $numberOfAliases;
1014
+        $tableNameAlias = $tableName.$numberOfAliases;
1015 1015
 
1016 1016
         $this->tableNameAliases['aliasIncrement'][$tableName]++;
1017 1017
         $this->tableNameAliases['aliases'][$tableNameAlias] = $tableName;
Please login to merge, or discard this patch.
Indentation   +1040 added lines, -1040 removed lines patch added patch discarded remove patch
@@ -53,1044 +53,1044 @@
 block discarded – undo
53 53
  */
54 54
 class VidiDbBackend
55 55
 {
56
-    public const OPERATOR_EQUAL_TO_NULL = 'operatorEqualToNull';
57
-    public const OPERATOR_NOT_EQUAL_TO_NULL = 'operatorNotEqualToNull';
58
-
59
-    /**
60
-     * The TYPO3 page repository. Used for language and workspace overlay
61
-     *
62
-     * @var PageRepository
63
-     */
64
-    protected $pageRepository;
65
-
66
-    /**
67
-     * @var Query
68
-     */
69
-    protected $query;
70
-
71
-    /**
72
-     * Store some info related to table name and its aliases.
73
-     *
74
-     * @var array
75
-     */
76
-    protected $tableNameAliases = array(
77
-        'aliases' => [],
78
-        'aliasIncrement' => [],
79
-    );
80
-
81
-    /**
82
-     * Use to store the current foreign table name alias.
83
-     *
84
-     * @var string
85
-     */
86
-    protected $currentChildTableNameAlias = '';
87
-
88
-    /**
89
-     * @param Query $query
90
-     */
91
-    public function __construct(Query $query)
92
-    {
93
-        $this->query = $query;
94
-    }
95
-
96
-    /**
97
-     * @param $parameters
98
-     * @return array
99
-     */
100
-    protected static function getTypes($parameters)
101
-    {
102
-        $types = [];
103
-        foreach ($parameters as $parameter) {
104
-            if (is_array($parameter)) {
105
-                if (MathUtility::canBeInterpretedAsInteger($parameter[0])) {
106
-                    $types[] = \Doctrine\DBAL\Connection::PARAM_INT_ARRAY;
107
-                } else {
108
-                    $types[] = \Doctrine\DBAL\Connection::PARAM_STR_ARRAY;
109
-                }
110
-            } else {
111
-                if (MathUtility::canBeInterpretedAsInteger($parameter)) {
112
-                    $types[] = ParameterType::INTEGER;
113
-                } else {
114
-                    $types[] = ParameterType::STRING;
115
-                }
116
-            }
117
-        }
118
-        return $types;
119
-    }
120
-
121
-    /**
122
-     * Returns the result of the query
123
-     */
124
-    public function fetchResult()
125
-    {
126
-        $parameters = [];
127
-        $statementParts = $this->parseQuery($parameters);
128
-        $statementParts = $this->processStatementStructureForRecursiveMMRelation($statementParts);
129
-        $sql = $this->buildQuery($statementParts);
130
-        //print $sql; exit();
131
-
132
-        $rows = $this->getConnection()
133
-            ->executeQuery($sql, $parameters, self::getTypes($parameters))
134
-            ->fetchAllAssociative();
135
-
136
-        return $this->getContentObjects($rows);
137
-    }
138
-
139
-    /**
140
-     * Returns the number of tuples matching the query.
141
-     *
142
-     * @return int The number of matching tuples
143
-     */
144
-    public function countResult()
145
-    {
146
-        $parameters = [];
147
-        $statementParts = $this->parseQuery($parameters);
148
-        $statementParts = $this->processStatementStructureForRecursiveMMRelation($statementParts);
149
-        $types = self::getTypes($parameters);
150
-
151
-        // if limit is set, we need to count the rows "manually" as COUNT(*) ignores LIMIT constraints
152
-        if (!empty($statementParts['limit'])) {
153
-            $sql = $this->buildQuery($statementParts);
154
-
155
-            $count = $this
156
-                ->getConnection()
157
-                ->executeQuery($sql, $parameters, $types)
158
-                ->rowCount();
159
-        } else {
160
-            $statementParts['fields'] = array('COUNT(*)');
161
-            // having orderings without grouping is not compatible with non-MySQL DBMS
162
-            $statementParts['orderings'] = [];
163
-            if (isset($statementParts['keywords']['distinct'])) {
164
-                unset($statementParts['keywords']['distinct']);
165
-                $distinctField = $this->query->getDistinct() ? $this->query->getDistinct() : 'uid';
166
-                $statementParts['fields'] = array('COUNT(DISTINCT ' . $statementParts['mainTable'] . '.' . $distinctField . ')');
167
-            }
168
-
169
-            $sql = $this->buildQuery($statementParts);
170
-            $count = $this
171
-                ->getConnection()
172
-                ->executeQuery($sql, $parameters, $types)
173
-                ->fetchColumn(0);
174
-        }
175
-        return (int)$count;
176
-    }
177
-
178
-    /**
179
-     * Parses the query and returns the SQL statement parts.
180
-     *
181
-     * @param array &$parameters
182
-     * @return array
183
-     */
184
-    public function parseQuery(array &$parameters)
185
-    {
186
-        $statementParts = [];
187
-        $statementParts['keywords'] = [];
188
-        $statementParts['tables'] = [];
189
-        $statementParts['unions'] = [];
190
-        $statementParts['fields'] = [];
191
-        $statementParts['where'] = [];
192
-        $statementParts['additionalWhereClause'] = [];
193
-        $statementParts['orderings'] = [];
194
-        $statementParts['limit'] = [];
195
-        $query = $this->query;
196
-        $source = $query->getSource();
197
-        $this->parseSource($source, $statementParts);
198
-        $this->parseConstraint($query->getConstraint(), $source, $statementParts, $parameters);
199
-        $this->parseOrderings($query->getOrderings(), $source, $statementParts);
200
-        $this->parseLimitAndOffset($query->getLimit(), $query->getOffset(), $statementParts);
201
-        $tableNames = array_unique(array_keys($statementParts['tables'] + $statementParts['unions']));
202
-        foreach ($tableNames as $tableNameOrAlias) {
203
-            if (is_string($tableNameOrAlias) && strlen($tableNameOrAlias) > 0) {
204
-                $this->addAdditionalWhereClause($query->getTypo3QuerySettings(), $tableNameOrAlias, $statementParts);
205
-            }
206
-        }
207
-
208
-        return $statementParts;
209
-    }
210
-
211
-    /**
212
-     * Fiddle with the statement structure to handle recursive MM relations.
213
-     * For the recursive MM query to work, we must invert some values.
214
-     * Let see if that is the best way of doing that...
215
-     *
216
-     * @param array $statementParts
217
-     * @return array
218
-     */
219
-    public function processStatementStructureForRecursiveMMRelation(array $statementParts)
220
-    {
221
-        if ($this->hasRecursiveMMRelation()) {
222
-            $tableName = $this->query->getType();
223
-
224
-            // In order the MM query to work for a recursive MM query, we must invert some values.
225
-            // tx_domain_model_foo0 (the alias) <--> tx_domain_model_foo (the origin table name)
226
-            $values = [];
227
-            foreach ($statementParts['fields'] as $key => $value) {
228
-                $values[$key] = str_replace($tableName, $tableName . '0', $value);
229
-            }
230
-            $statementParts['fields'] = $values;
231
-
232
-            // Same comment as above.
233
-            $values = [];
234
-            foreach ($statementParts['where'] as $key => $value) {
235
-                $values[$key] = str_replace($tableName . '0', $tableName, $value);
236
-            }
237
-            $statementParts['where'] = $values;
238
-
239
-            // We must be more restrictive by transforming the "left" union by "inner"
240
-            $values = [];
241
-            foreach ($statementParts['unions'] as $key => $value) {
242
-                $values[$key] = str_replace('LEFT JOIN', 'INNER JOIN', $value);
243
-            }
244
-            $statementParts['unions'] = $values;
245
-        }
246
-
247
-        return $statementParts;
248
-    }
249
-
250
-    /**
251
-     * Tell whether there is a recursive MM relation.
252
-     *
253
-     * @return bool
254
-     */
255
-    public function hasRecursiveMMRelation()
256
-    {
257
-        return isset($this->tableNameAliases['aliasIncrement'][$this->query->getType()]);
258
-    }
259
-
260
-    /**
261
-     * Returns the statement, ready to be executed.
262
-     *
263
-     * @param array $statementParts The SQL statement parts
264
-     * @return string The SQL statement
265
-     */
266
-    public function buildQuery(array $statementParts)
267
-    {
268
-        // Add more statement to the UNION part.
269
-        if (!empty($statementParts['unions'])) {
270
-            foreach ($statementParts['unions'] as $tableName => $unionPart) {
271
-                if (!empty($statementParts['additionalWhereClause'][$tableName])) {
272
-                    $statementParts['unions'][$tableName] .= ' AND ' . implode(' AND ', $statementParts['additionalWhereClause'][$tableName]);
273
-                }
274
-            }
275
-        }
276
-
277
-        $statement = 'SELECT ' . implode(' ', $statementParts['keywords']) . ' ' . implode(',', $statementParts['fields']) . ' FROM ' . implode(' ', $statementParts['tables']) . ' ' . implode(' ', $statementParts['unions']);
278
-        if (!empty($statementParts['where'])) {
279
-            $statement .= ' WHERE ' . implode('', $statementParts['where']);
280
-            if (!empty($statementParts['additionalWhereClause'][$this->query->getType()])) {
281
-                $statement .= ' AND ' . implode(' AND ', $statementParts['additionalWhereClause'][$this->query->getType()]);
282
-            }
283
-        } elseif (!empty($statementParts['additionalWhereClause'])) {
284
-            $statement .= ' WHERE ' . implode(' AND ', $statementParts['additionalWhereClause'][$this->query->getType()]);
285
-        }
286
-        if (!empty($statementParts['orderings'])) {
287
-            $statement .= ' ORDER BY ' . implode(', ', $statementParts['orderings']);
288
-        }
289
-        if (!empty($statementParts['limit'])) {
290
-            $statement .= ' LIMIT ' . $statementParts['limit'];
291
-        }
292
-
293
-        return $statement;
294
-    }
295
-
296
-    /**
297
-     * Transforms a Query Source into SQL and parameter arrays
298
-     *
299
-     * @param SourceInterface $source The source
300
-     * @param array &$sql
301
-     * @return void
302
-     */
303
-    protected function parseSource(SourceInterface $source, array &$sql)
304
-    {
305
-        $tableName = $this->getTableName();
306
-        $sql['fields'][$tableName] = $tableName . '.*';
307
-        if ($this->query->getDistinct()) {
308
-            $sql['fields'][$tableName] = $tableName . '.' . $this->query->getDistinct();
309
-            $sql['keywords']['distinct'] = 'DISTINCT';
310
-        }
311
-        $sql['tables'][$tableName] = $tableName;
312
-        $sql['mainTable'] = $tableName;
313
-    }
314
-
315
-    /**
316
-     * Transforms a constraint into SQL and parameter arrays
317
-     *
318
-     * @param ConstraintInterface $constraint The constraint
319
-     * @param SourceInterface $source The source
320
-     * @param array &$statementParts The query parts
321
-     * @param array &$parameters The parameters that will replace the markers
322
-     * @return void
323
-     */
324
-    protected function parseConstraint(ConstraintInterface $constraint = null, SourceInterface $source, array &$statementParts, array &$parameters)
325
-    {
326
-        if ($constraint instanceof AndInterface) {
327
-            $statementParts['where'][] = '(';
328
-            $this->parseConstraint($constraint->getConstraint1(), $source, $statementParts, $parameters);
329
-            $statementParts['where'][] = ' AND ';
330
-            $this->parseConstraint($constraint->getConstraint2(), $source, $statementParts, $parameters);
331
-            $statementParts['where'][] = ')';
332
-        } elseif ($constraint instanceof OrInterface) {
333
-            $statementParts['where'][] = '(';
334
-            $this->parseConstraint($constraint->getConstraint1(), $source, $statementParts, $parameters);
335
-            $statementParts['where'][] = ' OR ';
336
-            $this->parseConstraint($constraint->getConstraint2(), $source, $statementParts, $parameters);
337
-            $statementParts['where'][] = ')';
338
-        } elseif ($constraint instanceof NotInterface) {
339
-            $statementParts['where'][] = 'NOT (';
340
-            $this->parseConstraint($constraint->getConstraint(), $source, $statementParts, $parameters);
341
-            $statementParts['where'][] = ')';
342
-        } elseif ($constraint instanceof ComparisonInterface) {
343
-            $this->parseComparison($constraint, $source, $statementParts, $parameters);
344
-        }
345
-    }
346
-
347
-    /**
348
-     * Parse a Comparison into SQL and parameter arrays.
349
-     *
350
-     * @param ComparisonInterface $comparison The comparison to parse
351
-     * @param SourceInterface $source The source
352
-     * @param array &$statementParts SQL query parts to add to
353
-     * @param array &$parameters Parameters to bind to the SQL
354
-     * @return void
355
-     * @throws Exception\RepositoryException
356
-     */
357
-    protected function parseComparison(ComparisonInterface $comparison, SourceInterface $source, array &$statementParts, array &$parameters)
358
-    {
359
-        $operand1 = $comparison->getOperand1();
360
-        $operator = $comparison->getOperator();
361
-        $operand2 = $comparison->getOperand2();
362
-        if ($operator === QueryInterface::OPERATOR_IN) {
363
-            $items = [];
364
-            $hasValue = false;
365
-            foreach ($operand2 as $value) {
366
-                $value = $this->getPlainValue($value);
367
-                if ($value !== null) {
368
-                    $items[] = $value;
369
-                    $hasValue = true;
370
-                }
371
-            }
372
-            if ($hasValue === false) {
373
-                $statementParts['where'][] = '1<>1';
374
-            } else {
375
-                $this->parseDynamicOperand($operand1, $operator, $source, $statementParts, $parameters, null);
376
-                $parameters[] = $items;
377
-            }
378
-        } elseif ($operator === QueryInterface::OPERATOR_CONTAINS) {
379
-            if ($operand2 === null) {
380
-                $statementParts['where'][] = '1<>1';
381
-            } else {
382
-                throw new \Exception('Not implemented! Contact extension author.', 1412931227);
383
-                # @todo re-implement me if necessary.
384
-                #$tableName = $this->query->getType();
385
-                #$propertyName = $operand1->getPropertyName();
386
-                #while (strpos($propertyName, '.') !== false) {
387
-                #	$this->addUnionStatement($tableName, $propertyName, $statementParts);
388
-                #}
389
-                #$columnName = $propertyName;
390
-                #$columnMap = $propertyName;
391
-                #$typeOfRelation = $columnMap instanceof ColumnMap ? $columnMap->getTypeOfRelation() : null;
392
-                #if ($typeOfRelation === ColumnMap::RELATION_HAS_AND_BELONGS_TO_MANY) {
393
-                #	$relationTableName = $columnMap->getRelationTableName();
394
-                #	$statementParts['where'][] = $tableName . '.uid IN (SELECT ' . $columnMap->getParentKeyFieldName() . ' FROM ' . $relationTableName . ' WHERE ' . $columnMap->getChildKeyFieldName() . '=?)';
395
-                #	$parameters[] = intval($this->getPlainValue($operand2));
396
-                #} elseif ($typeOfRelation === ColumnMap::RELATION_HAS_MANY) {
397
-                #	$parentKeyFieldName = $columnMap->getParentKeyFieldName();
398
-                #	if (isset($parentKeyFieldName)) {
399
-                #		$childTableName = $columnMap->getChildTableName();
400
-                #		$statementParts['where'][] = $tableName . '.uid=(SELECT ' . $childTableName . '.' . $parentKeyFieldName . ' FROM ' . $childTableName . ' WHERE ' . $childTableName . '.uid=?)';
401
-                #		$parameters[] = intval($this->getPlainValue($operand2));
402
-                #	} else {
403
-                #		$statementParts['where'][] = 'FIND_IN_SET(?,' . $tableName . '.' . $columnName . ')';
404
-                #		$parameters[] = intval($this->getPlainValue($operand2));
405
-                #	}
406
-                #} else {
407
-                #	throw new Exception\RepositoryException('Unsupported or non-existing property name "' . $propertyName . '" used in relation matching.', 1327065745);
408
-                #}
409
-            }
410
-        } else {
411
-            if ($operand2 === null) {
412
-                if ($operator === QueryInterface::OPERATOR_EQUAL_TO) {
413
-                    $operator = self::OPERATOR_EQUAL_TO_NULL;
414
-                } elseif ($operator === QueryInterface::OPERATOR_NOT_EQUAL_TO) {
415
-                    $operator = self::OPERATOR_NOT_EQUAL_TO_NULL;
416
-                }
417
-            }
418
-            $this->parseDynamicOperand($operand1, $operator, $source, $statementParts, $parameters);
419
-            $parameters[] = $this->getPlainValue($operand2);
420
-        }
421
-    }
422
-
423
-    /**
424
-     * Returns a plain value, i.e. objects are flattened if possible.
425
-     *
426
-     * @param mixed $input
427
-     * @return mixed
428
-     * @throws UnexpectedTypeException
429
-     */
430
-    protected function getPlainValue($input)
431
-    {
432
-        if (is_array($input)) {
433
-            throw new UnexpectedTypeException('An array could not be converted to a plain value.', 1274799932);
434
-        }
435
-        if ($input instanceof \DateTime) {
436
-            return $input->format('U');
437
-        } elseif (is_object($input)) {
438
-            if ($input instanceof LazyLoadingProxy) {
439
-                $realInput = $input->_loadRealInstance();
440
-            } else {
441
-                $realInput = $input;
442
-            }
443
-            if ($realInput instanceof DomainObjectInterface) {
444
-                return $realInput->getUid();
445
-            } else {
446
-                throw new UnexpectedTypeException('An object of class "' . get_class($realInput) . '" could not be converted to a plain value.', 1274799934);
447
-            }
448
-        } elseif (is_bool($input)) {
449
-            return $input === true ? 1 : 0;
450
-        } else {
451
-            return $input;
452
-        }
453
-    }
454
-
455
-    /**
456
-     * Parse a DynamicOperand into SQL and parameter arrays.
457
-     *
458
-     * @param DynamicOperandInterface $operand
459
-     * @param string $operator One of the JCR_OPERATOR_* constants
460
-     * @param SourceInterface $source The source
461
-     * @param array &$statementParts The query parts
462
-     * @param array &$parameters The parameters that will replace the markers
463
-     * @param string $valueFunction an optional SQL function to apply to the operand value
464
-     * @return void
465
-     */
466
-    protected function parseDynamicOperand(DynamicOperandInterface $operand, $operator, SourceInterface $source, array &$statementParts, array &$parameters, $valueFunction = null)
467
-    {
468
-        if ($operand instanceof LowerCaseInterface) {
469
-            $this->parseDynamicOperand($operand->getOperand(), $operator, $source, $statementParts, $parameters, 'LOWER');
470
-        } elseif ($operand instanceof UpperCaseInterface) {
471
-            $this->parseDynamicOperand($operand->getOperand(), $operator, $source, $statementParts, $parameters, 'UPPER');
472
-        } elseif ($operand instanceof PropertyValueInterface) {
473
-            $propertyName = $operand->getPropertyName();
474
-
475
-            // Reset value.
476
-            $this->currentChildTableNameAlias = '';
477
-
478
-            if ($source instanceof SelectorInterface) {
479
-                $tableName = $this->query->getType();
480
-                while (strpos($propertyName, '.') !== false) {
481
-                    $this->addUnionStatement($tableName, $propertyName, $statementParts);
482
-                }
483
-            } elseif ($source instanceof JoinInterface) {
484
-                $tableName = $source->getJoinCondition()->getSelector1Name();
485
-            }
486
-
487
-            $columnName = $propertyName;
488
-            $resolvedOperator = $this->resolveOperator($operator);
489
-            $constraintSQL = '';
490
-
491
-            $marker = $operator === QueryInterface::OPERATOR_IN
492
-                ? '(?)'
493
-                : '?';
494
-
495
-            if ($valueFunction === null) {
496
-                $constraintSQL .= (!empty($tableName) ? $tableName . '.' : '') . $columnName . ' ' . $resolvedOperator . ' ' . $marker;
497
-            } else {
498
-                $constraintSQL .= $valueFunction . '(' . (!empty($tableName) ? $tableName . '.' : '') . $columnName . ') ' . $resolvedOperator . ' ' . $marker;
499
-            }
500
-
501
-            if (isset($tableName) && !empty($this->currentChildTableNameAlias)) {
502
-                $constraintSQL = $this->replaceTableNameByAlias($tableName, $this->currentChildTableNameAlias, $constraintSQL);
503
-            }
504
-            $statementParts['where'][] = $constraintSQL;
505
-        }
506
-    }
507
-
508
-    /**
509
-     * @param string &$tableName
510
-     * @param string &$propertyPath
511
-     * @param array &$statementParts
512
-     */
513
-    protected function addUnionStatement(&$tableName, &$propertyPath, array &$statementParts)
514
-    {
515
-        $table = Tca::table($tableName);
516
-
517
-        $explodedPropertyPath = explode('.', $propertyPath, 2);
518
-        $fieldName = $explodedPropertyPath[0];
519
-
520
-        // Field of type "group" are special because property path must contain the table name
521
-        // to determine the relation type. Example for sys_category, property path will look like "items.sys_file"
522
-        $parts = explode('.', $propertyPath, 3);
523
-        if ($table->field($fieldName)->isGroup() && count($parts) > 2) {
524
-            $explodedPropertyPath[0] = $parts[0] . '.' . $parts[1];
525
-            $explodedPropertyPath[1] = $parts[2];
526
-            $fieldName = $explodedPropertyPath[0];
527
-        }
528
-
529
-        $parentKeyFieldName = $table->field($fieldName)->getForeignField();
530
-        $childTableName = $table->field($fieldName)->getForeignTable();
531
-
532
-        if ($childTableName === null) {
533
-            throw new InvalidRelationConfigurationException('The relation information for property "' . $fieldName . '" of class "' . $tableName . '" is missing.', 1353170925);
534
-        }
535
-
536
-        if ($table->field($fieldName)->hasOne()) { // includes relation "one-to-one" and "many-to-one"
537
-            // sometimes the opposite relation is not defined. We don't want to force this config for backward compatibility reasons.
538
-            // $parentKeyFieldName === null does the trick somehow. Before condition was if (isset($parentKeyFieldName))
539
-            if ($table->field($fieldName)->hasRelationManyToOne() || $parentKeyFieldName === null) {
540
-                $statementParts['unions'][$childTableName] = 'LEFT JOIN ' . $childTableName . ' ON ' . $tableName . '.' . $fieldName . '=' . $childTableName . '.uid';
541
-            } else {
542
-                $statementParts['unions'][$childTableName] = 'LEFT JOIN ' . $childTableName . ' ON ' . $tableName . '.uid=' . $childTableName . '.' . $parentKeyFieldName;
543
-            }
544
-        } elseif ($table->field($fieldName)->hasRelationManyToMany()) {
545
-            $relationTableName = $table->field($fieldName)->getManyToManyTable();
546
-
547
-            $parentKeyFieldName = $table->field($fieldName)->isOppositeRelation() ? 'uid_foreign' : 'uid_local';
548
-            $childKeyFieldName = !$table->field($fieldName)->isOppositeRelation() ? 'uid_foreign' : 'uid_local';
549
-
550
-            // MM table e.g sys_category_record_mm
551
-            $relationTableNameAlias = $this->generateAlias($relationTableName);
552
-            $join = sprintf(
553
-                'LEFT JOIN %s AS %s ON %s.uid=%s.%s',
554
-                $relationTableName,
555
-                $relationTableNameAlias,
556
-                $tableName,
557
-                $relationTableNameAlias,
558
-                $parentKeyFieldName
559
-            );
560
-            $statementParts['unions'][$relationTableNameAlias] = $join;
561
-
562
-            // Foreign table e.g sys_category
563
-            $childTableNameAlias = $this->generateAlias($childTableName);
564
-            $this->currentChildTableNameAlias = $childTableNameAlias;
565
-            $join = sprintf(
566
-                'LEFT JOIN %s AS %s ON %s.%s=%s.uid',
567
-                $childTableName,
568
-                $childTableNameAlias,
569
-                $relationTableNameAlias,
570
-                $childKeyFieldName,
571
-                $childTableNameAlias
572
-            );
573
-            $statementParts['unions'][$childTableNameAlias] = $join;
574
-
575
-            // Find a possible table name for a MM condition.
576
-            $tableNameCondition = $table->field($fieldName)->getAdditionalTableNameCondition();
577
-            if ($tableNameCondition) {
578
-                // If we can find a source file name,  we can then retrieve more MM conditions from the TCA such as a field name.
579
-                $sourceFileName = $this->query->getSourceFieldName();
580
-                if (empty($sourceFileName)) {
581
-                    $additionalMMConditions = array(
582
-                        'tablenames' => $tableNameCondition,
583
-                    );
584
-                } else {
585
-                    $additionalMMConditions = Tca::table($tableNameCondition)->field($sourceFileName)->getAdditionalMMCondition();
586
-                }
587
-
588
-                foreach ($additionalMMConditions as $additionalFieldName => $additionalMMCondition) {
589
-                    $additionalJoin = sprintf(' AND %s.%s = "%s"', $relationTableNameAlias, $additionalFieldName, $additionalMMCondition);
590
-                    $statementParts['unions'][$relationTableNameAlias] .= $additionalJoin;
591
-
592
-                    $additionalJoin = sprintf(' AND %s.%s = "%s"', $relationTableNameAlias, $additionalFieldName, $additionalMMCondition);
593
-                    $statementParts['unions'][$childTableNameAlias] .= $additionalJoin;
594
-                }
595
-            }
596
-        } elseif ($table->field($fieldName)->hasMany()) { // includes relations "many-to-one" and "csv" relations
597
-            $childTableNameAlias = $this->generateAlias($childTableName);
598
-            $this->currentChildTableNameAlias = $childTableNameAlias;
599
-
600
-            if (isset($parentKeyFieldName)) {
601
-                $join = sprintf(
602
-                    'LEFT JOIN %s AS %s ON %s.uid=%s.%s',
603
-                    $childTableName,
604
-                    $childTableNameAlias,
605
-                    $tableName,
606
-                    $childTableNameAlias,
607
-                    $parentKeyFieldName
608
-                );
609
-                $statementParts['unions'][$childTableNameAlias] = $join;
610
-            } else {
611
-                $join = sprintf(
612
-                    'LEFT JOIN %s AS %s ON (FIND_IN_SET(%s.uid, %s.%s))',
613
-                    $childTableName,
614
-                    $childTableNameAlias,
615
-                    $childTableNameAlias,
616
-                    $tableName,
617
-                    $fieldName
618
-                );
619
-                $statementParts['unions'][$childTableNameAlias] = $join;
620
-            }
621
-        } else {
622
-            throw new Exception('Could not determine type of relation.', 1252502725);
623
-        }
624
-
625
-        $statementParts['keywords']['distinct'] = 'DISTINCT';
626
-        $propertyPath = $explodedPropertyPath[1];
627
-        $tableName = $childTableName;
628
-    }
629
-
630
-    /**
631
-     * Returns the SQL operator for the given JCR operator type.
632
-     *
633
-     * @param string $operator One of the JCR_OPERATOR_* constants
634
-     * @return string an SQL operator
635
-     * @throws Exception
636
-     */
637
-    protected function resolveOperator($operator)
638
-    {
639
-        switch ($operator) {
640
-            case self::OPERATOR_EQUAL_TO_NULL:
641
-                $operator = 'IS';
642
-                break;
643
-            case self::OPERATOR_NOT_EQUAL_TO_NULL:
644
-                $operator = 'IS NOT';
645
-                break;
646
-            case QueryInterface::OPERATOR_IN:
647
-                $operator = 'IN';
648
-                break;
649
-            case QueryInterface::OPERATOR_EQUAL_TO:
650
-                $operator = '=';
651
-                break;
652
-            case QueryInterface::OPERATOR_NOT_EQUAL_TO:
653
-                $operator = '!=';
654
-                break;
655
-            case QueryInterface::OPERATOR_LESS_THAN:
656
-                $operator = '<';
657
-                break;
658
-            case QueryInterface::OPERATOR_LESS_THAN_OR_EQUAL_TO:
659
-                $operator = '<=';
660
-                break;
661
-            case QueryInterface::OPERATOR_GREATER_THAN:
662
-                $operator = '>';
663
-                break;
664
-            case QueryInterface::OPERATOR_GREATER_THAN_OR_EQUAL_TO:
665
-                $operator = '>=';
666
-                break;
667
-            case QueryInterface::OPERATOR_LIKE:
668
-                $operator = 'LIKE';
669
-                break;
670
-            default:
671
-                throw new Exception('Unsupported operator encountered.', 1242816073);
672
-        }
673
-        return $operator;
674
-    }
675
-
676
-    /**
677
-     * Adds additional WHERE statements according to the query settings.
678
-     *
679
-     * @param QuerySettingsInterface $querySettings The TYPO3 CMS specific query settings
680
-     * @param string $tableNameOrAlias The table name to add the additional where clause for
681
-     * @param array &$statementParts
682
-     * @return void
683
-     */
684
-    protected function addAdditionalWhereClause(QuerySettingsInterface $querySettings, $tableNameOrAlias, &$statementParts)
685
-    {
686
-        $this->addVisibilityConstraintStatement($querySettings, $tableNameOrAlias, $statementParts);
687
-        if ($querySettings->getRespectSysLanguage()) {
688
-            $this->addSysLanguageStatement($tableNameOrAlias, $statementParts, $querySettings);
689
-        }
690
-    }
691
-
692
-    /**
693
-     * Adds enableFields and deletedClause to the query if necessary
694
-     *
695
-     * @param QuerySettingsInterface $querySettings
696
-     * @param string $tableNameOrAlias The database table name
697
-     * @param array &$statementParts The query parts
698
-     * @return void
699
-     */
700
-    protected function addVisibilityConstraintStatement(QuerySettingsInterface $querySettings, $tableNameOrAlias, array &$statementParts)
701
-    {
702
-        $statement = '';
703
-        $tableName = $this->resolveTableNameAlias($tableNameOrAlias);
704
-        if (is_array($GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl'])) {
705
-            $ignoreEnableFields = $querySettings->getIgnoreEnableFields();
706
-            $enableFieldsToBeIgnored = $querySettings->getEnableFieldsToBeIgnored();
707
-            $includeDeleted = $querySettings->getIncludeDeleted();
708
-            if (Typo3Mode::isFrontendMode()) {
709
-                $statement .= $this->getFrontendConstraintStatement($tableNameOrAlias, $ignoreEnableFields, $enableFieldsToBeIgnored, $includeDeleted);
710
-            } else {
711
-                // 'BE' case
712
-                $statement .= $this->getBackendConstraintStatement($tableNameOrAlias, $ignoreEnableFields, $includeDeleted);
713
-            }
714
-
715
-            // Remove the prefixing "AND" if any.
716
-            if (!empty($statement)) {
717
-                $statement = strtolower(substr($statement, 1, 3)) === 'and' ? substr($statement, 5) : $statement;
718
-                $statementParts['additionalWhereClause'][$tableNameOrAlias][] = $statement;
719
-            }
720
-        }
721
-    }
722
-
723
-    /**
724
-     * Returns constraint statement for frontend context
725
-     *
726
-     * @param string $tableNameOrAlias
727
-     * @param boolean $ignoreEnableFields A flag indicating whether the enable fields should be ignored
728
-     * @param array $enableFieldsToBeIgnored If $ignoreEnableFields is true, this array specifies enable fields to be ignored. If it is null or an empty array (default) all enable fields are ignored.
729
-     * @param boolean $includeDeleted A flag indicating whether deleted records should be included
730
-     * @return string
731
-     * @throws Exception\InconsistentQuerySettingsException
732
-     */
733
-    protected function getFrontendConstraintStatement($tableNameOrAlias, $ignoreEnableFields, $enableFieldsToBeIgnored, $includeDeleted)
734
-    {
735
-        $statement = '';
736
-        $tableName = $this->resolveTableNameAlias($tableNameOrAlias);
737
-        if ($ignoreEnableFields && !$includeDeleted) {
738
-            if (count($enableFieldsToBeIgnored)) {
739
-                // array_combine() is necessary because of the way \TYPO3\CMS\Frontend\Page\PageRepository::enableFields() is implemented
740
-                $statement .= $this->getPageRepository()->enableFields($tableName, -1, array_combine($enableFieldsToBeIgnored, $enableFieldsToBeIgnored));
741
-            } else {
742
-                $statement .= $this->getPageRepository()->deleteClause($tableName);
743
-            }
744
-        } elseif (!$ignoreEnableFields && !$includeDeleted) {
745
-            $statement .= $this->getPageRepository()->enableFields($tableName);
746
-        } elseif (!$ignoreEnableFields && $includeDeleted) {
747
-            throw new InconsistentQuerySettingsException('Query setting "ignoreEnableFields=false" can not be used together with "includeDeleted=true" in frontend context.', 1327678173);
748
-        }
749
-        return $this->replaceTableNameByAlias($tableName, $tableNameOrAlias, $statement);
750
-    }
751
-
752
-    /**
753
-     * Returns constraint statement for backend context
754
-     *
755
-     * @param string $tableNameOrAlias
756
-     * @param boolean $ignoreEnableFields A flag indicating whether the enable fields should be ignored
757
-     * @param boolean $includeDeleted A flag indicating whether deleted records should be included
758
-     * @return string
759
-     */
760
-    protected function getBackendConstraintStatement($tableNameOrAlias, $ignoreEnableFields, $includeDeleted)
761
-    {
762
-        $tableName = $this->resolveTableNameAlias($tableNameOrAlias);
763
-        $statement = '';
764
-        if (!$ignoreEnableFields) {
765
-            $statement .= BackendUtility::BEenableFields($tableName);
766
-        }
767
-
768
-        // If the table is found to have "workspace" support, add the corresponding fields in the statement.
769
-        if (Tca::table($tableName)->hasWorkspaceSupport()) {
770
-            if ($this->getBackendUser()->workspace === 0) {
771
-                $statement .= ' AND ' . $tableName . '.t3ver_state<=' . new VersionState(VersionState::DEFAULT_STATE);
772
-            } else {
773
-                // Show only records of live and of the current workspace
774
-                // In case we are in a Versioning preview
775
-                $statement .= ' AND (' .
776
-                    $tableName . '.t3ver_wsid=0 OR ' .
777
-                    $tableName . '.t3ver_wsid=' . (int)$this->getBackendUser()->workspace .
778
-                    ')';
779
-            }
780
-
781
-            // Check if this segment make sense here or whether it should be in the "if" part when we have workspace = 0
782
-            $statement .= ' AND ' . $tableName . '.pid<>-1';
783
-        }
784
-
785
-        if (!$includeDeleted) {
786
-            $statement .= BackendUtility::deleteClause($tableName);
787
-        }
788
-
789
-        return $this->replaceTableNameByAlias($tableName, $tableNameOrAlias, $statement);
790
-    }
791
-
792
-    /**
793
-     * Builds the language field statement
794
-     *
795
-     * @param string $tableNameOrAlias The database table name
796
-     * @param array &$statementParts The query parts
797
-     * @param QuerySettingsInterface $querySettings The TYPO3 CMS specific query settings
798
-     * @return void
799
-     * @throws Exception
800
-     */
801
-    protected function addSysLanguageStatement($tableNameOrAlias, array &$statementParts, $querySettings)
802
-    {
803
-        $tableName = $this->resolveTableNameAlias($tableNameOrAlias);
804
-        if (is_array($GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl'])) {
805
-            if (!empty($GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['languageField'])) {
806
-                // Select all entries for the current language
807
-                $additionalWhereClause = $tableNameOrAlias . '.' . $GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['languageField'] . ' IN (' . intval($querySettings->getLanguageUid()) . ',-1)';
808
-                // If any language is set -> get those entries which are not translated yet
809
-                // They will be removed by t3lib_page::getRecordOverlay if not matching overlay mode
810
-                if (isset($GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField'])
811
-                    && $querySettings->getLanguageUid() > 0
812
-                ) {
813
-                    $additionalWhereClause .= ' OR (' . $tableNameOrAlias . '.' . $GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['languageField'] . '=0' .
814
-                        ' AND ' . $tableNameOrAlias . '.uid NOT IN (SELECT ' . $tableName . '.' . $GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField'] .
815
-                        ' FROM ' . $tableName .
816
-                        ' WHERE ' . $tableName . '.' . $GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField'] . '>0' .
817
-                        ' AND ' . $tableName . '.' . $GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['languageField'] . '>0';
818
-
819
-                    // Add delete clause to ensure all entries are loaded
820
-                    if (isset($GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['delete'])) {
821
-                        $additionalWhereClause .= ' AND ' . $tableNameOrAlias . '.' . $GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['delete'] . '=0';
822
-                    }
823
-                    $additionalWhereClause .= '))';
824
-                }
825
-                $statementParts['additionalWhereClause'][$tableNameOrAlias][] = '(' . $additionalWhereClause . ')';
826
-            }
827
-        }
828
-    }
829
-
830
-    /**
831
-     * Transforms orderings into SQL.
832
-     *
833
-     * @param array $orderings An array of orderings (Tx_Extbase_Persistence_QOM_Ordering)
834
-     * @param SourceInterface $source The source
835
-     * @param array &$statementParts The query parts
836
-     * @return void
837
-     * @throws Exception\UnsupportedOrderException
838
-     */
839
-    protected function parseOrderings(array $orderings, SourceInterface $source, array &$statementParts)
840
-    {
841
-        foreach ($orderings as $fieldNameAndPath => $order) {
842
-            switch ($order) {
843
-                case QueryInterface::ORDER_ASCENDING:
844
-                    $order = 'ASC';
845
-                    break;
846
-                case QueryInterface::ORDER_DESCENDING:
847
-                    $order = 'DESC';
848
-                    break;
849
-                default:
850
-                    throw new UnsupportedOrderException('Unsupported order encountered.', 1456845126);
851
-            }
852
-
853
-            $tableName = $this->getFieldPathResolver()->getDataType($fieldNameAndPath, $this->query->getType());
854
-            $fieldName = $this->getFieldPathResolver()->stripFieldPath($fieldNameAndPath, $tableName);
855
-            $statementParts['orderings'][] = sprintf('%s.%s %s', $tableName, $fieldName, $order);
856
-        }
857
-    }
858
-
859
-    /**
860
-     * Transforms limit and offset into SQL
861
-     *
862
-     * @param int $limit
863
-     * @param int $offset
864
-     * @param array &$statementParts
865
-     * @return void
866
-     */
867
-    protected function parseLimitAndOffset($limit, $offset, array &$statementParts)
868
-    {
869
-        if ($limit !== null && $offset !== null) {
870
-            $statementParts['limit'] = intval($offset) . ', ' . intval($limit);
871
-        } elseif ($limit !== null) {
872
-            $statementParts['limit'] = intval($limit);
873
-        }
874
-    }
875
-
876
-    /**
877
-     * @param array $rows
878
-     * @return array
879
-     */
880
-    protected function getContentObjects(array $rows): array
881
-    {
882
-        $contentObjects = [];
883
-        foreach ($rows as $row) {
884
-            // Get language uid from querySettings.
885
-            // Ensure the backend handling is not broken (fallback to Get parameter 'L' if needed)
886
-            $overlaidRow = $this->doLanguageAndWorkspaceOverlay(
887
-                $row,
888
-                $this->query->getTypo3QuerySettings()
889
-            );
890
-
891
-            $contentObjects[] = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(
892
-                Content::class,
893
-                $this->query->getType(),
894
-                $overlaidRow
895
-            );
896
-        }
897
-
898
-        return $contentObjects;
899
-    }
900
-
901
-    /**
902
-     * Performs workspace and language overlay on the given row array. The language and workspace id is automatically
903
-     * detected (depending on FE or BE context). You can also explicitly set the language/workspace id.
904
-     *
905
-     * @param array $row
906
-     * @param QuerySettingsInterface $querySettings The TYPO3 CMS specific query settings
907
-     * @return array
908
-     */
909
-    protected function doLanguageAndWorkspaceOverlay(array $row, $querySettings)
910
-    {
911
-        $tableName = $this->getTableName();
912
-
913
-        $pageRepository = $this->getPageRepository();
914
-        if (is_object($GLOBALS['TSFE'])) {
915
-            $languageMode = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(Context::class)->getPropertyFromAspect('language', 'legacyLanguageMode');
916
-        #if ($this->isBackendUserLogged() && $this->getBackendUser()->workspace !== 0) {
917
-            #    $pageRepository->versioningWorkspaceId = $this->getBackendUser()->workspace;
918
-        #}
919
-        } else {
920
-            $languageMode = '';
921
-            $workspaceUid = $this->getBackendUser()->workspace;
922
-            #$pageRepository->versioningWorkspaceId = $workspaceUid;
923
-            #if ($this->getBackendUser()->workspace !== 0) {
924
-            #    $pageRepository->versioningPreview = 1;
925
-            #}
926
-        }
927
-
928
-        // If current row is a translation select its parent
929
-        if (isset($GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['languageField'])
930
-            && isset($GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField'])
931
-        ) {
932
-            if (isset($row[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField']])
933
-                && $row[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField']] > 0
934
-            ) {
935
-                $queryBuilder = $this->getQueryBuilder();
936
-                $row = $queryBuilder
937
-                    ->select($tableName . '.*')
938
-                    ->from($tableName)
939
-                    ->andWhere(
940
-                        $tableName . '.uid=' . (int)$row[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField']],
941
-                        $tableName . '.' . $GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['languageField'] . ' = 0'
942
-                    )
943
-                    ->execute()
944
-                    ->fetch();
945
-            }
946
-        }
947
-
948
-        // Retrieve the original uid; Used for Workspaces!
949
-        if (Typo3Mode::isBackendMode()) {
950
-            $pageRepository->versionOL($tableName, $row, true, true);
951
-        } else {
952
-            \TYPO3\CMS\Backend\Utility\BackendUtility::workspaceOL($tableName, $row);
953
-        }
954
-        if (isset($row['_ORIG_uid'])) {
955
-            $row['uid'] = $row['_ORIG_uid'];
956
-        }
957
-
958
-        // Special case for table "pages"
959
-        if ($tableName == 'pages') {
960
-            $row = $pageRepository->getPageOverlay($row, $querySettings->getLanguageUid());
961
-        } elseif (isset($GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['languageField'])
962
-            && $GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['languageField'] !== ''
963
-        ) {
964
-            if (in_array($row[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['languageField']], array(-1, 0))) {
965
-                $overlayMode = $languageMode === 'strict' ? 'hideNonTranslated' : '';
966
-                $row = $pageRepository->getRecordOverlay($tableName, $row, $querySettings->getLanguageUid(), $overlayMode);
967
-            }
968
-        }
969
-
970
-        return $row;
971
-    }
972
-
973
-    /**
974
-     * Return a resolved table name given a possible table name alias.
975
-     *
976
-     * @param string $tableNameOrAlias
977
-     * @return string
978
-     */
979
-    protected function resolveTableNameAlias($tableNameOrAlias)
980
-    {
981
-        $resolvedTableName = $tableNameOrAlias;
982
-        if (!empty($this->tableNameAliases['aliases'][$tableNameOrAlias])) {
983
-            $resolvedTableName = $this->tableNameAliases['aliases'][$tableNameOrAlias];
984
-        }
985
-        return $resolvedTableName;
986
-    }
987
-
988
-    /**
989
-     * Generate a unique table name alias for the given table name.
990
-     *
991
-     * @param string $tableName
992
-     * @return string
993
-     */
994
-    protected function generateAlias($tableName)
995
-    {
996
-        if (!isset($this->tableNameAliases['aliasIncrement'][$tableName])) {
997
-            $this->tableNameAliases['aliasIncrement'][$tableName] = 0;
998
-        }
999
-
1000
-        $numberOfAliases = $this->tableNameAliases['aliasIncrement'][$tableName];
1001
-        $tableNameAlias = $tableName . $numberOfAliases;
1002
-
1003
-        $this->tableNameAliases['aliasIncrement'][$tableName]++;
1004
-        $this->tableNameAliases['aliases'][$tableNameAlias] = $tableName;
1005
-
1006
-        return $tableNameAlias;
1007
-    }
1008
-
1009
-    /**
1010
-     * Replace the table names by its table name alias within the given statement.
1011
-     *
1012
-     * @param string $tableName
1013
-     * @param string $tableNameAlias
1014
-     * @param string $statement
1015
-     * @return string
1016
-     */
1017
-    protected function replaceTableNameByAlias($tableName, $tableNameAlias, $statement)
1018
-    {
1019
-        if ($statement && $tableName !== $tableNameAlias) {
1020
-            $statement = str_replace($tableName, $tableNameAlias, $statement);
1021
-        }
1022
-        return $statement;
1023
-    }
1024
-
1025
-    /**
1026
-     * Returns an instance of the current Backend User.
1027
-     *
1028
-     * @return BackendUserAuthentication
1029
-     */
1030
-    protected function getBackendUser()
1031
-    {
1032
-        return $GLOBALS['BE_USER'];
1033
-    }
1034
-
1035
-    /**
1036
-     * Tell whether a Backend User is logged in.
1037
-     *
1038
-     * @return bool
1039
-     */
1040
-    protected function isBackendUserLogged()
1041
-    {
1042
-        return is_object($GLOBALS['BE_USER']);
1043
-    }
1044
-
1045
-    /**
1046
-     * @return PageRepository|object
1047
-     */
1048
-    protected function getPageRepository()
1049
-    {
1050
-        if (!$this->pageRepository instanceof PageRepository) {
1051
-            if (Typo3Mode::isFrontendMode() && is_object($GLOBALS['TSFE'])) {
1052
-                $this->pageRepository = $GLOBALS['TSFE']->sys_page;
1053
-            } else {
1054
-                $this->pageRepository = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(PageRepository::class);
1055
-            }
1056
-        }
1057
-
1058
-        return $this->pageRepository;
1059
-    }
1060
-
1061
-    /**
1062
-     * @return FieldPathResolver|object
1063
-     */
1064
-    protected function getFieldPathResolver()
1065
-    {
1066
-        return GeneralUtility::makeInstance(FieldPathResolver::class);
1067
-    }
1068
-
1069
-    /**
1070
-     * @return object|Connection
1071
-     */
1072
-    protected function getConnection(): Connection
1073
-    {
1074
-        /** @var ConnectionPool $connectionPool */
1075
-        return GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class)
1076
-            ->getConnectionForTable($this->getTableName());
1077
-    }
1078
-
1079
-    /**
1080
-     * @return object|QueryBuilder
1081
-     */
1082
-    protected function getQueryBuilder(): QueryBuilder
1083
-    {
1084
-        /** @var ConnectionPool $connectionPool */
1085
-        $connectionPool = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class);
1086
-        return $connectionPool->getQueryBuilderForTable($this->getTableName());
1087
-    }
1088
-
1089
-    /**
1090
-     * @return string
1091
-     */
1092
-    public function getTableName(): string
1093
-    {
1094
-        return $this->query->getSource()->getNodeTypeName(); // getSelectorName()
1095
-    }
56
+	public const OPERATOR_EQUAL_TO_NULL = 'operatorEqualToNull';
57
+	public const OPERATOR_NOT_EQUAL_TO_NULL = 'operatorNotEqualToNull';
58
+
59
+	/**
60
+	 * The TYPO3 page repository. Used for language and workspace overlay
61
+	 *
62
+	 * @var PageRepository
63
+	 */
64
+	protected $pageRepository;
65
+
66
+	/**
67
+	 * @var Query
68
+	 */
69
+	protected $query;
70
+
71
+	/**
72
+	 * Store some info related to table name and its aliases.
73
+	 *
74
+	 * @var array
75
+	 */
76
+	protected $tableNameAliases = array(
77
+		'aliases' => [],
78
+		'aliasIncrement' => [],
79
+	);
80
+
81
+	/**
82
+	 * Use to store the current foreign table name alias.
83
+	 *
84
+	 * @var string
85
+	 */
86
+	protected $currentChildTableNameAlias = '';
87
+
88
+	/**
89
+	 * @param Query $query
90
+	 */
91
+	public function __construct(Query $query)
92
+	{
93
+		$this->query = $query;
94
+	}
95
+
96
+	/**
97
+	 * @param $parameters
98
+	 * @return array
99
+	 */
100
+	protected static function getTypes($parameters)
101
+	{
102
+		$types = [];
103
+		foreach ($parameters as $parameter) {
104
+			if (is_array($parameter)) {
105
+				if (MathUtility::canBeInterpretedAsInteger($parameter[0])) {
106
+					$types[] = \Doctrine\DBAL\Connection::PARAM_INT_ARRAY;
107
+				} else {
108
+					$types[] = \Doctrine\DBAL\Connection::PARAM_STR_ARRAY;
109
+				}
110
+			} else {
111
+				if (MathUtility::canBeInterpretedAsInteger($parameter)) {
112
+					$types[] = ParameterType::INTEGER;
113
+				} else {
114
+					$types[] = ParameterType::STRING;
115
+				}
116
+			}
117
+		}
118
+		return $types;
119
+	}
120
+
121
+	/**
122
+	 * Returns the result of the query
123
+	 */
124
+	public function fetchResult()
125
+	{
126
+		$parameters = [];
127
+		$statementParts = $this->parseQuery($parameters);
128
+		$statementParts = $this->processStatementStructureForRecursiveMMRelation($statementParts);
129
+		$sql = $this->buildQuery($statementParts);
130
+		//print $sql; exit();
131
+
132
+		$rows = $this->getConnection()
133
+			->executeQuery($sql, $parameters, self::getTypes($parameters))
134
+			->fetchAllAssociative();
135
+
136
+		return $this->getContentObjects($rows);
137
+	}
138
+
139
+	/**
140
+	 * Returns the number of tuples matching the query.
141
+	 *
142
+	 * @return int The number of matching tuples
143
+	 */
144
+	public function countResult()
145
+	{
146
+		$parameters = [];
147
+		$statementParts = $this->parseQuery($parameters);
148
+		$statementParts = $this->processStatementStructureForRecursiveMMRelation($statementParts);
149
+		$types = self::getTypes($parameters);
150
+
151
+		// if limit is set, we need to count the rows "manually" as COUNT(*) ignores LIMIT constraints
152
+		if (!empty($statementParts['limit'])) {
153
+			$sql = $this->buildQuery($statementParts);
154
+
155
+			$count = $this
156
+				->getConnection()
157
+				->executeQuery($sql, $parameters, $types)
158
+				->rowCount();
159
+		} else {
160
+			$statementParts['fields'] = array('COUNT(*)');
161
+			// having orderings without grouping is not compatible with non-MySQL DBMS
162
+			$statementParts['orderings'] = [];
163
+			if (isset($statementParts['keywords']['distinct'])) {
164
+				unset($statementParts['keywords']['distinct']);
165
+				$distinctField = $this->query->getDistinct() ? $this->query->getDistinct() : 'uid';
166
+				$statementParts['fields'] = array('COUNT(DISTINCT ' . $statementParts['mainTable'] . '.' . $distinctField . ')');
167
+			}
168
+
169
+			$sql = $this->buildQuery($statementParts);
170
+			$count = $this
171
+				->getConnection()
172
+				->executeQuery($sql, $parameters, $types)
173
+				->fetchColumn(0);
174
+		}
175
+		return (int)$count;
176
+	}
177
+
178
+	/**
179
+	 * Parses the query and returns the SQL statement parts.
180
+	 *
181
+	 * @param array &$parameters
182
+	 * @return array
183
+	 */
184
+	public function parseQuery(array &$parameters)
185
+	{
186
+		$statementParts = [];
187
+		$statementParts['keywords'] = [];
188
+		$statementParts['tables'] = [];
189
+		$statementParts['unions'] = [];
190
+		$statementParts['fields'] = [];
191
+		$statementParts['where'] = [];
192
+		$statementParts['additionalWhereClause'] = [];
193
+		$statementParts['orderings'] = [];
194
+		$statementParts['limit'] = [];
195
+		$query = $this->query;
196
+		$source = $query->getSource();
197
+		$this->parseSource($source, $statementParts);
198
+		$this->parseConstraint($query->getConstraint(), $source, $statementParts, $parameters);
199
+		$this->parseOrderings($query->getOrderings(), $source, $statementParts);
200
+		$this->parseLimitAndOffset($query->getLimit(), $query->getOffset(), $statementParts);
201
+		$tableNames = array_unique(array_keys($statementParts['tables'] + $statementParts['unions']));
202
+		foreach ($tableNames as $tableNameOrAlias) {
203
+			if (is_string($tableNameOrAlias) && strlen($tableNameOrAlias) > 0) {
204
+				$this->addAdditionalWhereClause($query->getTypo3QuerySettings(), $tableNameOrAlias, $statementParts);
205
+			}
206
+		}
207
+
208
+		return $statementParts;
209
+	}
210
+
211
+	/**
212
+	 * Fiddle with the statement structure to handle recursive MM relations.
213
+	 * For the recursive MM query to work, we must invert some values.
214
+	 * Let see if that is the best way of doing that...
215
+	 *
216
+	 * @param array $statementParts
217
+	 * @return array
218
+	 */
219
+	public function processStatementStructureForRecursiveMMRelation(array $statementParts)
220
+	{
221
+		if ($this->hasRecursiveMMRelation()) {
222
+			$tableName = $this->query->getType();
223
+
224
+			// In order the MM query to work for a recursive MM query, we must invert some values.
225
+			// tx_domain_model_foo0 (the alias) <--> tx_domain_model_foo (the origin table name)
226
+			$values = [];
227
+			foreach ($statementParts['fields'] as $key => $value) {
228
+				$values[$key] = str_replace($tableName, $tableName . '0', $value);
229
+			}
230
+			$statementParts['fields'] = $values;
231
+
232
+			// Same comment as above.
233
+			$values = [];
234
+			foreach ($statementParts['where'] as $key => $value) {
235
+				$values[$key] = str_replace($tableName . '0', $tableName, $value);
236
+			}
237
+			$statementParts['where'] = $values;
238
+
239
+			// We must be more restrictive by transforming the "left" union by "inner"
240
+			$values = [];
241
+			foreach ($statementParts['unions'] as $key => $value) {
242
+				$values[$key] = str_replace('LEFT JOIN', 'INNER JOIN', $value);
243
+			}
244
+			$statementParts['unions'] = $values;
245
+		}
246
+
247
+		return $statementParts;
248
+	}
249
+
250
+	/**
251
+	 * Tell whether there is a recursive MM relation.
252
+	 *
253
+	 * @return bool
254
+	 */
255
+	public function hasRecursiveMMRelation()
256
+	{
257
+		return isset($this->tableNameAliases['aliasIncrement'][$this->query->getType()]);
258
+	}
259
+
260
+	/**
261
+	 * Returns the statement, ready to be executed.
262
+	 *
263
+	 * @param array $statementParts The SQL statement parts
264
+	 * @return string The SQL statement
265
+	 */
266
+	public function buildQuery(array $statementParts)
267
+	{
268
+		// Add more statement to the UNION part.
269
+		if (!empty($statementParts['unions'])) {
270
+			foreach ($statementParts['unions'] as $tableName => $unionPart) {
271
+				if (!empty($statementParts['additionalWhereClause'][$tableName])) {
272
+					$statementParts['unions'][$tableName] .= ' AND ' . implode(' AND ', $statementParts['additionalWhereClause'][$tableName]);
273
+				}
274
+			}
275
+		}
276
+
277
+		$statement = 'SELECT ' . implode(' ', $statementParts['keywords']) . ' ' . implode(',', $statementParts['fields']) . ' FROM ' . implode(' ', $statementParts['tables']) . ' ' . implode(' ', $statementParts['unions']);
278
+		if (!empty($statementParts['where'])) {
279
+			$statement .= ' WHERE ' . implode('', $statementParts['where']);
280
+			if (!empty($statementParts['additionalWhereClause'][$this->query->getType()])) {
281
+				$statement .= ' AND ' . implode(' AND ', $statementParts['additionalWhereClause'][$this->query->getType()]);
282
+			}
283
+		} elseif (!empty($statementParts['additionalWhereClause'])) {
284
+			$statement .= ' WHERE ' . implode(' AND ', $statementParts['additionalWhereClause'][$this->query->getType()]);
285
+		}
286
+		if (!empty($statementParts['orderings'])) {
287
+			$statement .= ' ORDER BY ' . implode(', ', $statementParts['orderings']);
288
+		}
289
+		if (!empty($statementParts['limit'])) {
290
+			$statement .= ' LIMIT ' . $statementParts['limit'];
291
+		}
292
+
293
+		return $statement;
294
+	}
295
+
296
+	/**
297
+	 * Transforms a Query Source into SQL and parameter arrays
298
+	 *
299
+	 * @param SourceInterface $source The source
300
+	 * @param array &$sql
301
+	 * @return void
302
+	 */
303
+	protected function parseSource(SourceInterface $source, array &$sql)
304
+	{
305
+		$tableName = $this->getTableName();
306
+		$sql['fields'][$tableName] = $tableName . '.*';
307
+		if ($this->query->getDistinct()) {
308
+			$sql['fields'][$tableName] = $tableName . '.' . $this->query->getDistinct();
309
+			$sql['keywords']['distinct'] = 'DISTINCT';
310
+		}
311
+		$sql['tables'][$tableName] = $tableName;
312
+		$sql['mainTable'] = $tableName;
313
+	}
314
+
315
+	/**
316
+	 * Transforms a constraint into SQL and parameter arrays
317
+	 *
318
+	 * @param ConstraintInterface $constraint The constraint
319
+	 * @param SourceInterface $source The source
320
+	 * @param array &$statementParts The query parts
321
+	 * @param array &$parameters The parameters that will replace the markers
322
+	 * @return void
323
+	 */
324
+	protected function parseConstraint(ConstraintInterface $constraint = null, SourceInterface $source, array &$statementParts, array &$parameters)
325
+	{
326
+		if ($constraint instanceof AndInterface) {
327
+			$statementParts['where'][] = '(';
328
+			$this->parseConstraint($constraint->getConstraint1(), $source, $statementParts, $parameters);
329
+			$statementParts['where'][] = ' AND ';
330
+			$this->parseConstraint($constraint->getConstraint2(), $source, $statementParts, $parameters);
331
+			$statementParts['where'][] = ')';
332
+		} elseif ($constraint instanceof OrInterface) {
333
+			$statementParts['where'][] = '(';
334
+			$this->parseConstraint($constraint->getConstraint1(), $source, $statementParts, $parameters);
335
+			$statementParts['where'][] = ' OR ';
336
+			$this->parseConstraint($constraint->getConstraint2(), $source, $statementParts, $parameters);
337
+			$statementParts['where'][] = ')';
338
+		} elseif ($constraint instanceof NotInterface) {
339
+			$statementParts['where'][] = 'NOT (';
340
+			$this->parseConstraint($constraint->getConstraint(), $source, $statementParts, $parameters);
341
+			$statementParts['where'][] = ')';
342
+		} elseif ($constraint instanceof ComparisonInterface) {
343
+			$this->parseComparison($constraint, $source, $statementParts, $parameters);
344
+		}
345
+	}
346
+
347
+	/**
348
+	 * Parse a Comparison into SQL and parameter arrays.
349
+	 *
350
+	 * @param ComparisonInterface $comparison The comparison to parse
351
+	 * @param SourceInterface $source The source
352
+	 * @param array &$statementParts SQL query parts to add to
353
+	 * @param array &$parameters Parameters to bind to the SQL
354
+	 * @return void
355
+	 * @throws Exception\RepositoryException
356
+	 */
357
+	protected function parseComparison(ComparisonInterface $comparison, SourceInterface $source, array &$statementParts, array &$parameters)
358
+	{
359
+		$operand1 = $comparison->getOperand1();
360
+		$operator = $comparison->getOperator();
361
+		$operand2 = $comparison->getOperand2();
362
+		if ($operator === QueryInterface::OPERATOR_IN) {
363
+			$items = [];
364
+			$hasValue = false;
365
+			foreach ($operand2 as $value) {
366
+				$value = $this->getPlainValue($value);
367
+				if ($value !== null) {
368
+					$items[] = $value;
369
+					$hasValue = true;
370
+				}
371
+			}
372
+			if ($hasValue === false) {
373
+				$statementParts['where'][] = '1<>1';
374
+			} else {
375
+				$this->parseDynamicOperand($operand1, $operator, $source, $statementParts, $parameters, null);
376
+				$parameters[] = $items;
377
+			}
378
+		} elseif ($operator === QueryInterface::OPERATOR_CONTAINS) {
379
+			if ($operand2 === null) {
380
+				$statementParts['where'][] = '1<>1';
381
+			} else {
382
+				throw new \Exception('Not implemented! Contact extension author.', 1412931227);
383
+				# @todo re-implement me if necessary.
384
+				#$tableName = $this->query->getType();
385
+				#$propertyName = $operand1->getPropertyName();
386
+				#while (strpos($propertyName, '.') !== false) {
387
+				#	$this->addUnionStatement($tableName, $propertyName, $statementParts);
388
+				#}
389
+				#$columnName = $propertyName;
390
+				#$columnMap = $propertyName;
391
+				#$typeOfRelation = $columnMap instanceof ColumnMap ? $columnMap->getTypeOfRelation() : null;
392
+				#if ($typeOfRelation === ColumnMap::RELATION_HAS_AND_BELONGS_TO_MANY) {
393
+				#	$relationTableName = $columnMap->getRelationTableName();
394
+				#	$statementParts['where'][] = $tableName . '.uid IN (SELECT ' . $columnMap->getParentKeyFieldName() . ' FROM ' . $relationTableName . ' WHERE ' . $columnMap->getChildKeyFieldName() . '=?)';
395
+				#	$parameters[] = intval($this->getPlainValue($operand2));
396
+				#} elseif ($typeOfRelation === ColumnMap::RELATION_HAS_MANY) {
397
+				#	$parentKeyFieldName = $columnMap->getParentKeyFieldName();
398
+				#	if (isset($parentKeyFieldName)) {
399
+				#		$childTableName = $columnMap->getChildTableName();
400
+				#		$statementParts['where'][] = $tableName . '.uid=(SELECT ' . $childTableName . '.' . $parentKeyFieldName . ' FROM ' . $childTableName . ' WHERE ' . $childTableName . '.uid=?)';
401
+				#		$parameters[] = intval($this->getPlainValue($operand2));
402
+				#	} else {
403
+				#		$statementParts['where'][] = 'FIND_IN_SET(?,' . $tableName . '.' . $columnName . ')';
404
+				#		$parameters[] = intval($this->getPlainValue($operand2));
405
+				#	}
406
+				#} else {
407
+				#	throw new Exception\RepositoryException('Unsupported or non-existing property name "' . $propertyName . '" used in relation matching.', 1327065745);
408
+				#}
409
+			}
410
+		} else {
411
+			if ($operand2 === null) {
412
+				if ($operator === QueryInterface::OPERATOR_EQUAL_TO) {
413
+					$operator = self::OPERATOR_EQUAL_TO_NULL;
414
+				} elseif ($operator === QueryInterface::OPERATOR_NOT_EQUAL_TO) {
415
+					$operator = self::OPERATOR_NOT_EQUAL_TO_NULL;
416
+				}
417
+			}
418
+			$this->parseDynamicOperand($operand1, $operator, $source, $statementParts, $parameters);
419
+			$parameters[] = $this->getPlainValue($operand2);
420
+		}
421
+	}
422
+
423
+	/**
424
+	 * Returns a plain value, i.e. objects are flattened if possible.
425
+	 *
426
+	 * @param mixed $input
427
+	 * @return mixed
428
+	 * @throws UnexpectedTypeException
429
+	 */
430
+	protected function getPlainValue($input)
431
+	{
432
+		if (is_array($input)) {
433
+			throw new UnexpectedTypeException('An array could not be converted to a plain value.', 1274799932);
434
+		}
435
+		if ($input instanceof \DateTime) {
436
+			return $input->format('U');
437
+		} elseif (is_object($input)) {
438
+			if ($input instanceof LazyLoadingProxy) {
439
+				$realInput = $input->_loadRealInstance();
440
+			} else {
441
+				$realInput = $input;
442
+			}
443
+			if ($realInput instanceof DomainObjectInterface) {
444
+				return $realInput->getUid();
445
+			} else {
446
+				throw new UnexpectedTypeException('An object of class "' . get_class($realInput) . '" could not be converted to a plain value.', 1274799934);
447
+			}
448
+		} elseif (is_bool($input)) {
449
+			return $input === true ? 1 : 0;
450
+		} else {
451
+			return $input;
452
+		}
453
+	}
454
+
455
+	/**
456
+	 * Parse a DynamicOperand into SQL and parameter arrays.
457
+	 *
458
+	 * @param DynamicOperandInterface $operand
459
+	 * @param string $operator One of the JCR_OPERATOR_* constants
460
+	 * @param SourceInterface $source The source
461
+	 * @param array &$statementParts The query parts
462
+	 * @param array &$parameters The parameters that will replace the markers
463
+	 * @param string $valueFunction an optional SQL function to apply to the operand value
464
+	 * @return void
465
+	 */
466
+	protected function parseDynamicOperand(DynamicOperandInterface $operand, $operator, SourceInterface $source, array &$statementParts, array &$parameters, $valueFunction = null)
467
+	{
468
+		if ($operand instanceof LowerCaseInterface) {
469
+			$this->parseDynamicOperand($operand->getOperand(), $operator, $source, $statementParts, $parameters, 'LOWER');
470
+		} elseif ($operand instanceof UpperCaseInterface) {
471
+			$this->parseDynamicOperand($operand->getOperand(), $operator, $source, $statementParts, $parameters, 'UPPER');
472
+		} elseif ($operand instanceof PropertyValueInterface) {
473
+			$propertyName = $operand->getPropertyName();
474
+
475
+			// Reset value.
476
+			$this->currentChildTableNameAlias = '';
477
+
478
+			if ($source instanceof SelectorInterface) {
479
+				$tableName = $this->query->getType();
480
+				while (strpos($propertyName, '.') !== false) {
481
+					$this->addUnionStatement($tableName, $propertyName, $statementParts);
482
+				}
483
+			} elseif ($source instanceof JoinInterface) {
484
+				$tableName = $source->getJoinCondition()->getSelector1Name();
485
+			}
486
+
487
+			$columnName = $propertyName;
488
+			$resolvedOperator = $this->resolveOperator($operator);
489
+			$constraintSQL = '';
490
+
491
+			$marker = $operator === QueryInterface::OPERATOR_IN
492
+				? '(?)'
493
+				: '?';
494
+
495
+			if ($valueFunction === null) {
496
+				$constraintSQL .= (!empty($tableName) ? $tableName . '.' : '') . $columnName . ' ' . $resolvedOperator . ' ' . $marker;
497
+			} else {
498
+				$constraintSQL .= $valueFunction . '(' . (!empty($tableName) ? $tableName . '.' : '') . $columnName . ') ' . $resolvedOperator . ' ' . $marker;
499
+			}
500
+
501
+			if (isset($tableName) && !empty($this->currentChildTableNameAlias)) {
502
+				$constraintSQL = $this->replaceTableNameByAlias($tableName, $this->currentChildTableNameAlias, $constraintSQL);
503
+			}
504
+			$statementParts['where'][] = $constraintSQL;
505
+		}
506
+	}
507
+
508
+	/**
509
+	 * @param string &$tableName
510
+	 * @param string &$propertyPath
511
+	 * @param array &$statementParts
512
+	 */
513
+	protected function addUnionStatement(&$tableName, &$propertyPath, array &$statementParts)
514
+	{
515
+		$table = Tca::table($tableName);
516
+
517
+		$explodedPropertyPath = explode('.', $propertyPath, 2);
518
+		$fieldName = $explodedPropertyPath[0];
519
+
520
+		// Field of type "group" are special because property path must contain the table name
521
+		// to determine the relation type. Example for sys_category, property path will look like "items.sys_file"
522
+		$parts = explode('.', $propertyPath, 3);
523
+		if ($table->field($fieldName)->isGroup() && count($parts) > 2) {
524
+			$explodedPropertyPath[0] = $parts[0] . '.' . $parts[1];
525
+			$explodedPropertyPath[1] = $parts[2];
526
+			$fieldName = $explodedPropertyPath[0];
527
+		}
528
+
529
+		$parentKeyFieldName = $table->field($fieldName)->getForeignField();
530
+		$childTableName = $table->field($fieldName)->getForeignTable();
531
+
532
+		if ($childTableName === null) {
533
+			throw new InvalidRelationConfigurationException('The relation information for property "' . $fieldName . '" of class "' . $tableName . '" is missing.', 1353170925);
534
+		}
535
+
536
+		if ($table->field($fieldName)->hasOne()) { // includes relation "one-to-one" and "many-to-one"
537
+			// sometimes the opposite relation is not defined. We don't want to force this config for backward compatibility reasons.
538
+			// $parentKeyFieldName === null does the trick somehow. Before condition was if (isset($parentKeyFieldName))
539
+			if ($table->field($fieldName)->hasRelationManyToOne() || $parentKeyFieldName === null) {
540
+				$statementParts['unions'][$childTableName] = 'LEFT JOIN ' . $childTableName . ' ON ' . $tableName . '.' . $fieldName . '=' . $childTableName . '.uid';
541
+			} else {
542
+				$statementParts['unions'][$childTableName] = 'LEFT JOIN ' . $childTableName . ' ON ' . $tableName . '.uid=' . $childTableName . '.' . $parentKeyFieldName;
543
+			}
544
+		} elseif ($table->field($fieldName)->hasRelationManyToMany()) {
545
+			$relationTableName = $table->field($fieldName)->getManyToManyTable();
546
+
547
+			$parentKeyFieldName = $table->field($fieldName)->isOppositeRelation() ? 'uid_foreign' : 'uid_local';
548
+			$childKeyFieldName = !$table->field($fieldName)->isOppositeRelation() ? 'uid_foreign' : 'uid_local';
549
+
550
+			// MM table e.g sys_category_record_mm
551
+			$relationTableNameAlias = $this->generateAlias($relationTableName);
552
+			$join = sprintf(
553
+				'LEFT JOIN %s AS %s ON %s.uid=%s.%s',
554
+				$relationTableName,
555
+				$relationTableNameAlias,
556
+				$tableName,
557
+				$relationTableNameAlias,
558
+				$parentKeyFieldName
559
+			);
560
+			$statementParts['unions'][$relationTableNameAlias] = $join;
561
+
562
+			// Foreign table e.g sys_category
563
+			$childTableNameAlias = $this->generateAlias($childTableName);
564
+			$this->currentChildTableNameAlias = $childTableNameAlias;
565
+			$join = sprintf(
566
+				'LEFT JOIN %s AS %s ON %s.%s=%s.uid',
567
+				$childTableName,
568
+				$childTableNameAlias,
569
+				$relationTableNameAlias,
570
+				$childKeyFieldName,
571
+				$childTableNameAlias
572
+			);
573
+			$statementParts['unions'][$childTableNameAlias] = $join;
574
+
575
+			// Find a possible table name for a MM condition.
576
+			$tableNameCondition = $table->field($fieldName)->getAdditionalTableNameCondition();
577
+			if ($tableNameCondition) {
578
+				// If we can find a source file name,  we can then retrieve more MM conditions from the TCA such as a field name.
579
+				$sourceFileName = $this->query->getSourceFieldName();
580
+				if (empty($sourceFileName)) {
581
+					$additionalMMConditions = array(
582
+						'tablenames' => $tableNameCondition,
583
+					);
584
+				} else {
585
+					$additionalMMConditions = Tca::table($tableNameCondition)->field($sourceFileName)->getAdditionalMMCondition();
586
+				}
587
+
588
+				foreach ($additionalMMConditions as $additionalFieldName => $additionalMMCondition) {
589
+					$additionalJoin = sprintf(' AND %s.%s = "%s"', $relationTableNameAlias, $additionalFieldName, $additionalMMCondition);
590
+					$statementParts['unions'][$relationTableNameAlias] .= $additionalJoin;
591
+
592
+					$additionalJoin = sprintf(' AND %s.%s = "%s"', $relationTableNameAlias, $additionalFieldName, $additionalMMCondition);
593
+					$statementParts['unions'][$childTableNameAlias] .= $additionalJoin;
594
+				}
595
+			}
596
+		} elseif ($table->field($fieldName)->hasMany()) { // includes relations "many-to-one" and "csv" relations
597
+			$childTableNameAlias = $this->generateAlias($childTableName);
598
+			$this->currentChildTableNameAlias = $childTableNameAlias;
599
+
600
+			if (isset($parentKeyFieldName)) {
601
+				$join = sprintf(
602
+					'LEFT JOIN %s AS %s ON %s.uid=%s.%s',
603
+					$childTableName,
604
+					$childTableNameAlias,
605
+					$tableName,
606
+					$childTableNameAlias,
607
+					$parentKeyFieldName
608
+				);
609
+				$statementParts['unions'][$childTableNameAlias] = $join;
610
+			} else {
611
+				$join = sprintf(
612
+					'LEFT JOIN %s AS %s ON (FIND_IN_SET(%s.uid, %s.%s))',
613
+					$childTableName,
614
+					$childTableNameAlias,
615
+					$childTableNameAlias,
616
+					$tableName,
617
+					$fieldName
618
+				);
619
+				$statementParts['unions'][$childTableNameAlias] = $join;
620
+			}
621
+		} else {
622
+			throw new Exception('Could not determine type of relation.', 1252502725);
623
+		}
624
+
625
+		$statementParts['keywords']['distinct'] = 'DISTINCT';
626
+		$propertyPath = $explodedPropertyPath[1];
627
+		$tableName = $childTableName;
628
+	}
629
+
630
+	/**
631
+	 * Returns the SQL operator for the given JCR operator type.
632
+	 *
633
+	 * @param string $operator One of the JCR_OPERATOR_* constants
634
+	 * @return string an SQL operator
635
+	 * @throws Exception
636
+	 */
637
+	protected function resolveOperator($operator)
638
+	{
639
+		switch ($operator) {
640
+			case self::OPERATOR_EQUAL_TO_NULL:
641
+				$operator = 'IS';
642
+				break;
643
+			case self::OPERATOR_NOT_EQUAL_TO_NULL:
644
+				$operator = 'IS NOT';
645
+				break;
646
+			case QueryInterface::OPERATOR_IN:
647
+				$operator = 'IN';
648
+				break;
649
+			case QueryInterface::OPERATOR_EQUAL_TO:
650
+				$operator = '=';
651
+				break;
652
+			case QueryInterface::OPERATOR_NOT_EQUAL_TO:
653
+				$operator = '!=';
654
+				break;
655
+			case QueryInterface::OPERATOR_LESS_THAN:
656
+				$operator = '<';
657
+				break;
658
+			case QueryInterface::OPERATOR_LESS_THAN_OR_EQUAL_TO:
659
+				$operator = '<=';
660
+				break;
661
+			case QueryInterface::OPERATOR_GREATER_THAN:
662
+				$operator = '>';
663
+				break;
664
+			case QueryInterface::OPERATOR_GREATER_THAN_OR_EQUAL_TO:
665
+				$operator = '>=';
666
+				break;
667
+			case QueryInterface::OPERATOR_LIKE:
668
+				$operator = 'LIKE';
669
+				break;
670
+			default:
671
+				throw new Exception('Unsupported operator encountered.', 1242816073);
672
+		}
673
+		return $operator;
674
+	}
675
+
676
+	/**
677
+	 * Adds additional WHERE statements according to the query settings.
678
+	 *
679
+	 * @param QuerySettingsInterface $querySettings The TYPO3 CMS specific query settings
680
+	 * @param string $tableNameOrAlias The table name to add the additional where clause for
681
+	 * @param array &$statementParts
682
+	 * @return void
683
+	 */
684
+	protected function addAdditionalWhereClause(QuerySettingsInterface $querySettings, $tableNameOrAlias, &$statementParts)
685
+	{
686
+		$this->addVisibilityConstraintStatement($querySettings, $tableNameOrAlias, $statementParts);
687
+		if ($querySettings->getRespectSysLanguage()) {
688
+			$this->addSysLanguageStatement($tableNameOrAlias, $statementParts, $querySettings);
689
+		}
690
+	}
691
+
692
+	/**
693
+	 * Adds enableFields and deletedClause to the query if necessary
694
+	 *
695
+	 * @param QuerySettingsInterface $querySettings
696
+	 * @param string $tableNameOrAlias The database table name
697
+	 * @param array &$statementParts The query parts
698
+	 * @return void
699
+	 */
700
+	protected function addVisibilityConstraintStatement(QuerySettingsInterface $querySettings, $tableNameOrAlias, array &$statementParts)
701
+	{
702
+		$statement = '';
703
+		$tableName = $this->resolveTableNameAlias($tableNameOrAlias);
704
+		if (is_array($GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl'])) {
705
+			$ignoreEnableFields = $querySettings->getIgnoreEnableFields();
706
+			$enableFieldsToBeIgnored = $querySettings->getEnableFieldsToBeIgnored();
707
+			$includeDeleted = $querySettings->getIncludeDeleted();
708
+			if (Typo3Mode::isFrontendMode()) {
709
+				$statement .= $this->getFrontendConstraintStatement($tableNameOrAlias, $ignoreEnableFields, $enableFieldsToBeIgnored, $includeDeleted);
710
+			} else {
711
+				// 'BE' case
712
+				$statement .= $this->getBackendConstraintStatement($tableNameOrAlias, $ignoreEnableFields, $includeDeleted);
713
+			}
714
+
715
+			// Remove the prefixing "AND" if any.
716
+			if (!empty($statement)) {
717
+				$statement = strtolower(substr($statement, 1, 3)) === 'and' ? substr($statement, 5) : $statement;
718
+				$statementParts['additionalWhereClause'][$tableNameOrAlias][] = $statement;
719
+			}
720
+		}
721
+	}
722
+
723
+	/**
724
+	 * Returns constraint statement for frontend context
725
+	 *
726
+	 * @param string $tableNameOrAlias
727
+	 * @param boolean $ignoreEnableFields A flag indicating whether the enable fields should be ignored
728
+	 * @param array $enableFieldsToBeIgnored If $ignoreEnableFields is true, this array specifies enable fields to be ignored. If it is null or an empty array (default) all enable fields are ignored.
729
+	 * @param boolean $includeDeleted A flag indicating whether deleted records should be included
730
+	 * @return string
731
+	 * @throws Exception\InconsistentQuerySettingsException
732
+	 */
733
+	protected function getFrontendConstraintStatement($tableNameOrAlias, $ignoreEnableFields, $enableFieldsToBeIgnored, $includeDeleted)
734
+	{
735
+		$statement = '';
736
+		$tableName = $this->resolveTableNameAlias($tableNameOrAlias);
737
+		if ($ignoreEnableFields && !$includeDeleted) {
738
+			if (count($enableFieldsToBeIgnored)) {
739
+				// array_combine() is necessary because of the way \TYPO3\CMS\Frontend\Page\PageRepository::enableFields() is implemented
740
+				$statement .= $this->getPageRepository()->enableFields($tableName, -1, array_combine($enableFieldsToBeIgnored, $enableFieldsToBeIgnored));
741
+			} else {
742
+				$statement .= $this->getPageRepository()->deleteClause($tableName);
743
+			}
744
+		} elseif (!$ignoreEnableFields && !$includeDeleted) {
745
+			$statement .= $this->getPageRepository()->enableFields($tableName);
746
+		} elseif (!$ignoreEnableFields && $includeDeleted) {
747
+			throw new InconsistentQuerySettingsException('Query setting "ignoreEnableFields=false" can not be used together with "includeDeleted=true" in frontend context.', 1327678173);
748
+		}
749
+		return $this->replaceTableNameByAlias($tableName, $tableNameOrAlias, $statement);
750
+	}
751
+
752
+	/**
753
+	 * Returns constraint statement for backend context
754
+	 *
755
+	 * @param string $tableNameOrAlias
756
+	 * @param boolean $ignoreEnableFields A flag indicating whether the enable fields should be ignored
757
+	 * @param boolean $includeDeleted A flag indicating whether deleted records should be included
758
+	 * @return string
759
+	 */
760
+	protected function getBackendConstraintStatement($tableNameOrAlias, $ignoreEnableFields, $includeDeleted)
761
+	{
762
+		$tableName = $this->resolveTableNameAlias($tableNameOrAlias);
763
+		$statement = '';
764
+		if (!$ignoreEnableFields) {
765
+			$statement .= BackendUtility::BEenableFields($tableName);
766
+		}
767
+
768
+		// If the table is found to have "workspace" support, add the corresponding fields in the statement.
769
+		if (Tca::table($tableName)->hasWorkspaceSupport()) {
770
+			if ($this->getBackendUser()->workspace === 0) {
771
+				$statement .= ' AND ' . $tableName . '.t3ver_state<=' . new VersionState(VersionState::DEFAULT_STATE);
772
+			} else {
773
+				// Show only records of live and of the current workspace
774
+				// In case we are in a Versioning preview
775
+				$statement .= ' AND (' .
776
+					$tableName . '.t3ver_wsid=0 OR ' .
777
+					$tableName . '.t3ver_wsid=' . (int)$this->getBackendUser()->workspace .
778
+					')';
779
+			}
780
+
781
+			// Check if this segment make sense here or whether it should be in the "if" part when we have workspace = 0
782
+			$statement .= ' AND ' . $tableName . '.pid<>-1';
783
+		}
784
+
785
+		if (!$includeDeleted) {
786
+			$statement .= BackendUtility::deleteClause($tableName);
787
+		}
788
+
789
+		return $this->replaceTableNameByAlias($tableName, $tableNameOrAlias, $statement);
790
+	}
791
+
792
+	/**
793
+	 * Builds the language field statement
794
+	 *
795
+	 * @param string $tableNameOrAlias The database table name
796
+	 * @param array &$statementParts The query parts
797
+	 * @param QuerySettingsInterface $querySettings The TYPO3 CMS specific query settings
798
+	 * @return void
799
+	 * @throws Exception
800
+	 */
801
+	protected function addSysLanguageStatement($tableNameOrAlias, array &$statementParts, $querySettings)
802
+	{
803
+		$tableName = $this->resolveTableNameAlias($tableNameOrAlias);
804
+		if (is_array($GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl'])) {
805
+			if (!empty($GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['languageField'])) {
806
+				// Select all entries for the current language
807
+				$additionalWhereClause = $tableNameOrAlias . '.' . $GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['languageField'] . ' IN (' . intval($querySettings->getLanguageUid()) . ',-1)';
808
+				// If any language is set -> get those entries which are not translated yet
809
+				// They will be removed by t3lib_page::getRecordOverlay if not matching overlay mode
810
+				if (isset($GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField'])
811
+					&& $querySettings->getLanguageUid() > 0
812
+				) {
813
+					$additionalWhereClause .= ' OR (' . $tableNameOrAlias . '.' . $GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['languageField'] . '=0' .
814
+						' AND ' . $tableNameOrAlias . '.uid NOT IN (SELECT ' . $tableName . '.' . $GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField'] .
815
+						' FROM ' . $tableName .
816
+						' WHERE ' . $tableName . '.' . $GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField'] . '>0' .
817
+						' AND ' . $tableName . '.' . $GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['languageField'] . '>0';
818
+
819
+					// Add delete clause to ensure all entries are loaded
820
+					if (isset($GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['delete'])) {
821
+						$additionalWhereClause .= ' AND ' . $tableNameOrAlias . '.' . $GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['delete'] . '=0';
822
+					}
823
+					$additionalWhereClause .= '))';
824
+				}
825
+				$statementParts['additionalWhereClause'][$tableNameOrAlias][] = '(' . $additionalWhereClause . ')';
826
+			}
827
+		}
828
+	}
829
+
830
+	/**
831
+	 * Transforms orderings into SQL.
832
+	 *
833
+	 * @param array $orderings An array of orderings (Tx_Extbase_Persistence_QOM_Ordering)
834
+	 * @param SourceInterface $source The source
835
+	 * @param array &$statementParts The query parts
836
+	 * @return void
837
+	 * @throws Exception\UnsupportedOrderException
838
+	 */
839
+	protected function parseOrderings(array $orderings, SourceInterface $source, array &$statementParts)
840
+	{
841
+		foreach ($orderings as $fieldNameAndPath => $order) {
842
+			switch ($order) {
843
+				case QueryInterface::ORDER_ASCENDING:
844
+					$order = 'ASC';
845
+					break;
846
+				case QueryInterface::ORDER_DESCENDING:
847
+					$order = 'DESC';
848
+					break;
849
+				default:
850
+					throw new UnsupportedOrderException('Unsupported order encountered.', 1456845126);
851
+			}
852
+
853
+			$tableName = $this->getFieldPathResolver()->getDataType($fieldNameAndPath, $this->query->getType());
854
+			$fieldName = $this->getFieldPathResolver()->stripFieldPath($fieldNameAndPath, $tableName);
855
+			$statementParts['orderings'][] = sprintf('%s.%s %s', $tableName, $fieldName, $order);
856
+		}
857
+	}
858
+
859
+	/**
860
+	 * Transforms limit and offset into SQL
861
+	 *
862
+	 * @param int $limit
863
+	 * @param int $offset
864
+	 * @param array &$statementParts
865
+	 * @return void
866
+	 */
867
+	protected function parseLimitAndOffset($limit, $offset, array &$statementParts)
868
+	{
869
+		if ($limit !== null && $offset !== null) {
870
+			$statementParts['limit'] = intval($offset) . ', ' . intval($limit);
871
+		} elseif ($limit !== null) {
872
+			$statementParts['limit'] = intval($limit);
873
+		}
874
+	}
875
+
876
+	/**
877
+	 * @param array $rows
878
+	 * @return array
879
+	 */
880
+	protected function getContentObjects(array $rows): array
881
+	{
882
+		$contentObjects = [];
883
+		foreach ($rows as $row) {
884
+			// Get language uid from querySettings.
885
+			// Ensure the backend handling is not broken (fallback to Get parameter 'L' if needed)
886
+			$overlaidRow = $this->doLanguageAndWorkspaceOverlay(
887
+				$row,
888
+				$this->query->getTypo3QuerySettings()
889
+			);
890
+
891
+			$contentObjects[] = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(
892
+				Content::class,
893
+				$this->query->getType(),
894
+				$overlaidRow
895
+			);
896
+		}
897
+
898
+		return $contentObjects;
899
+	}
900
+
901
+	/**
902
+	 * Performs workspace and language overlay on the given row array. The language and workspace id is automatically
903
+	 * detected (depending on FE or BE context). You can also explicitly set the language/workspace id.
904
+	 *
905
+	 * @param array $row
906
+	 * @param QuerySettingsInterface $querySettings The TYPO3 CMS specific query settings
907
+	 * @return array
908
+	 */
909
+	protected function doLanguageAndWorkspaceOverlay(array $row, $querySettings)
910
+	{
911
+		$tableName = $this->getTableName();
912
+
913
+		$pageRepository = $this->getPageRepository();
914
+		if (is_object($GLOBALS['TSFE'])) {
915
+			$languageMode = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(Context::class)->getPropertyFromAspect('language', 'legacyLanguageMode');
916
+		#if ($this->isBackendUserLogged() && $this->getBackendUser()->workspace !== 0) {
917
+			#    $pageRepository->versioningWorkspaceId = $this->getBackendUser()->workspace;
918
+		#}
919
+		} else {
920
+			$languageMode = '';
921
+			$workspaceUid = $this->getBackendUser()->workspace;
922
+			#$pageRepository->versioningWorkspaceId = $workspaceUid;
923
+			#if ($this->getBackendUser()->workspace !== 0) {
924
+			#    $pageRepository->versioningPreview = 1;
925
+			#}
926
+		}
927
+
928
+		// If current row is a translation select its parent
929
+		if (isset($GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['languageField'])
930
+			&& isset($GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField'])
931
+		) {
932
+			if (isset($row[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField']])
933
+				&& $row[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField']] > 0
934
+			) {
935
+				$queryBuilder = $this->getQueryBuilder();
936
+				$row = $queryBuilder
937
+					->select($tableName . '.*')
938
+					->from($tableName)
939
+					->andWhere(
940
+						$tableName . '.uid=' . (int)$row[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['transOrigPointerField']],
941
+						$tableName . '.' . $GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['languageField'] . ' = 0'
942
+					)
943
+					->execute()
944
+					->fetch();
945
+			}
946
+		}
947
+
948
+		// Retrieve the original uid; Used for Workspaces!
949
+		if (Typo3Mode::isBackendMode()) {
950
+			$pageRepository->versionOL($tableName, $row, true, true);
951
+		} else {
952
+			\TYPO3\CMS\Backend\Utility\BackendUtility::workspaceOL($tableName, $row);
953
+		}
954
+		if (isset($row['_ORIG_uid'])) {
955
+			$row['uid'] = $row['_ORIG_uid'];
956
+		}
957
+
958
+		// Special case for table "pages"
959
+		if ($tableName == 'pages') {
960
+			$row = $pageRepository->getPageOverlay($row, $querySettings->getLanguageUid());
961
+		} elseif (isset($GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['languageField'])
962
+			&& $GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['languageField'] !== ''
963
+		) {
964
+			if (in_array($row[$GLOBALS['TCA'][$tableName]['ctrl']['languageField']], array(-1, 0))) {
965
+				$overlayMode = $languageMode === 'strict' ? 'hideNonTranslated' : '';
966
+				$row = $pageRepository->getRecordOverlay($tableName, $row, $querySettings->getLanguageUid(), $overlayMode);
967
+			}
968
+		}
969
+
970
+		return $row;
971
+	}
972
+
973
+	/**
974
+	 * Return a resolved table name given a possible table name alias.
975
+	 *
976
+	 * @param string $tableNameOrAlias
977
+	 * @return string
978
+	 */
979
+	protected function resolveTableNameAlias($tableNameOrAlias)
980
+	{
981
+		$resolvedTableName = $tableNameOrAlias;
982
+		if (!empty($this->tableNameAliases['aliases'][$tableNameOrAlias])) {
983
+			$resolvedTableName = $this->tableNameAliases['aliases'][$tableNameOrAlias];
984
+		}
985
+		return $resolvedTableName;
986
+	}
987
+
988
+	/**
989
+	 * Generate a unique table name alias for the given table name.
990
+	 *
991
+	 * @param string $tableName
992
+	 * @return string
993
+	 */
994
+	protected function generateAlias($tableName)
995
+	{
996
+		if (!isset($this->tableNameAliases['aliasIncrement'][$tableName])) {
997
+			$this->tableNameAliases['aliasIncrement'][$tableName] = 0;
998
+		}
999
+
1000
+		$numberOfAliases = $this->tableNameAliases['aliasIncrement'][$tableName];
1001
+		$tableNameAlias = $tableName . $numberOfAliases;
1002
+
1003
+		$this->tableNameAliases['aliasIncrement'][$tableName]++;
1004
+		$this->tableNameAliases['aliases'][$tableNameAlias] = $tableName;
1005
+
1006
+		return $tableNameAlias;
1007
+	}
1008
+
1009
+	/**
1010
+	 * Replace the table names by its table name alias within the given statement.
1011
+	 *
1012
+	 * @param string $tableName
1013
+	 * @param string $tableNameAlias
1014
+	 * @param string $statement
1015
+	 * @return string
1016
+	 */
1017
+	protected function replaceTableNameByAlias($tableName, $tableNameAlias, $statement)
1018
+	{
1019
+		if ($statement && $tableName !== $tableNameAlias) {
1020
+			$statement = str_replace($tableName, $tableNameAlias, $statement);
1021
+		}
1022
+		return $statement;
1023
+	}
1024
+
1025
+	/**
1026
+	 * Returns an instance of the current Backend User.
1027
+	 *
1028
+	 * @return BackendUserAuthentication
1029
+	 */
1030
+	protected function getBackendUser()
1031
+	{
1032
+		return $GLOBALS['BE_USER'];
1033
+	}
1034
+
1035
+	/**
1036
+	 * Tell whether a Backend User is logged in.
1037
+	 *
1038
+	 * @return bool
1039
+	 */
1040
+	protected function isBackendUserLogged()
1041
+	{
1042
+		return is_object($GLOBALS['BE_USER']);
1043
+	}
1044
+
1045
+	/**
1046
+	 * @return PageRepository|object
1047
+	 */
1048
+	protected function getPageRepository()
1049
+	{
1050
+		if (!$this->pageRepository instanceof PageRepository) {
1051
+			if (Typo3Mode::isFrontendMode() && is_object($GLOBALS['TSFE'])) {
1052
+				$this->pageRepository = $GLOBALS['TSFE']->sys_page;
1053
+			} else {
1054
+				$this->pageRepository = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(PageRepository::class);
1055
+			}
1056
+		}
1057
+
1058
+		return $this->pageRepository;
1059
+	}
1060
+
1061
+	/**
1062
+	 * @return FieldPathResolver|object
1063
+	 */
1064
+	protected function getFieldPathResolver()
1065
+	{
1066
+		return GeneralUtility::makeInstance(FieldPathResolver::class);
1067
+	}
1068
+
1069
+	/**
1070
+	 * @return object|Connection
1071
+	 */
1072
+	protected function getConnection(): Connection
1073
+	{
1074
+		/** @var ConnectionPool $connectionPool */
1075
+		return GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class)
1076
+			->getConnectionForTable($this->getTableName());
1077
+	}
1078
+
1079
+	/**
1080
+	 * @return object|QueryBuilder
1081
+	 */
1082
+	protected function getQueryBuilder(): QueryBuilder
1083
+	{
1084
+		/** @var ConnectionPool $connectionPool */
1085
+		$connectionPool = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConnectionPool::class);
1086
+		return $connectionPool->getQueryBuilderForTable($this->getTableName());
1087
+	}
1088
+
1089
+	/**
1090
+	 * @return string
1091
+	 */
1092
+	public function getTableName(): string
1093
+	{
1094
+		return $this->query->getSource()->getNodeTypeName(); // getSelectorName()
1095
+	}
1096 1096
 }
Please login to merge, or discard this patch.
Classes/Persistence/Query.php 2 patches
Spacing   +2 added lines, -2 removed lines patch added patch discarded remove patch
@@ -174,8 +174,8 @@
 block discarded – undo
174 174
             $configuration = $backendConfigurationManager->getTypoScriptSetup();
175 175
             $querySettings = array('respectSysLanguage');
176 176
             foreach ($querySettings as $setting) {
177
-                if (isset($configuration['config.']['tx_vidi.']['persistence.']['backend.'][$this->type . '.'][$setting])) {
178
-                    $value = (bool)$configuration['config.']['tx_vidi.']['persistence.']['backend.'][$this->type . '.'][$setting];
177
+                if (isset($configuration['config.']['tx_vidi.']['persistence.']['backend.'][$this->type.'.'][$setting])) {
178
+                    $value = (bool)$configuration['config.']['tx_vidi.']['persistence.']['backend.'][$this->type.'.'][$setting];
179 179
                     ObjectAccess::setProperty($this->typo3QuerySettings, $setting, $value);
180 180
                 }
181 181
             }
Please login to merge, or discard this patch.
Indentation   +617 added lines, -617 removed lines patch added patch discarded remove patch
@@ -42,621 +42,621 @@
 block discarded – undo
42 42
  */
43 43
 class Query implements QueryInterface
44 44
 {
45
-    /**
46
-     * An inner join.
47
-     */
48
-    public const JCR_JOIN_TYPE_INNER = '{http://www.jcp.org/jcr/1.0}joinTypeInner';
49
-
50
-    /**
51
-     * A left-outer join.
52
-     */
53
-    public const JCR_JOIN_TYPE_LEFT_OUTER = '{http://www.jcp.org/jcr/1.0}joinTypeLeftOuter';
54
-
55
-    /**
56
-     * A right-outer join.
57
-     */
58
-    public const JCR_JOIN_TYPE_RIGHT_OUTER = '{http://www.jcp.org/jcr/1.0}joinTypeRightOuter';
59
-
60
-    /**
61
-     * Charset of strings in QOM
62
-     */
63
-    public const CHARSET = 'utf-8';
64
-
65
-    /**
66
-     * @var string
67
-     */
68
-    protected $sourceFieldName;
69
-
70
-    /**
71
-     * @var string
72
-     */
73
-    protected $type;
74
-
75
-    /**
76
-     * @var PersistenceManagerInterface
77
-     */
78
-    protected $persistenceManager;
79
-
80
-    /**
81
-     * @var QueryObjectModelFactory
82
-     */
83
-    protected $qomFactory;
84
-
85
-    /**
86
-     * @var SourceInterface
87
-     */
88
-    protected $source;
89
-
90
-    /**
91
-     * @var ConstraintInterface
92
-     */
93
-    protected $constraint;
94
-
95
-    /**
96
-     * @var Statement
97
-     */
98
-    protected $statement;
99
-
100
-    /**
101
-     * @var array
102
-     */
103
-    protected $orderings = [];
104
-
105
-    /**
106
-     * @var int
107
-     */
108
-    protected $limit;
109
-
110
-    /**
111
-     * @var int
112
-     */
113
-    protected $offset;
114
-
115
-    /**
116
-     * Apply DISTINCT upon property.
117
-     *
118
-     * @var string
119
-     */
120
-    protected $distinct;
121
-
122
-    /**
123
-     * The query settings.
124
-     *
125
-     * @var Typo3QuerySettings
126
-     */
127
-    public Typo3QuerySettings $typo3QuerySettings;
128
-
129
-    /**
130
-     * Constructs a query object working on the given class name
131
-     *
132
-     * @param string $type
133
-     */
134
-    public function __construct($type)
135
-    {
136
-        $this->type = $type;
137
-        $this->persistenceManager = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(PersistenceManagerInterface::class);
138
-        $this->qomFactory = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(QueryObjectModelFactory::class);
139
-    }
140
-
141
-    public function injectTypo3QuerySettings(Typo3QuerySettings $querySettings): void
142
-    {
143
-        $this->typo3QuerySettings = $querySettings;
144
-    }
145
-
146
-    /**
147
-     * Sets the Query Settings. These Query settings must match the settings expected by
148
-     * the specific Storage Backend.
149
-     *
150
-     * @param QuerySettingsInterface $typo3QuerySettings The Query Settings
151
-     * @return void
152
-     */
153
-    public function setTypo3QuerySettings(QuerySettingsInterface $typo3QuerySettings)
154
-    {
155
-        $this->typo3QuerySettings = $typo3QuerySettings;
156
-    }
157
-
158
-    /**
159
-     * Returns the Query Settings.
160
-     *
161
-     * @throws \Exception
162
-     * @return Typo3QuerySettings $querySettings The Query Settings
163
-     * @api This method is not part of FLOW3 API
164
-     */
165
-    public function getTypo3QuerySettings()
166
-    {
167
-        if (!$this->typo3QuerySettings instanceof QuerySettingsInterface) {
168
-            throw new Exception('Tried to get the query settings without setting them before.', 1248689115);
169
-        }
170
-
171
-        // Apply possible settings to the query.
172
-        if ($this->isBackendMode()) {
173
-            /** @var BackendConfigurationManager $backendConfigurationManager */
174
-            $backendConfigurationManager = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(BackendConfigurationManager::class);
175
-            $configuration = $backendConfigurationManager->getTypoScriptSetup();
176
-            $querySettings = array('respectSysLanguage');
177
-            foreach ($querySettings as $setting) {
178
-                if (isset($configuration['config.']['tx_vidi.']['persistence.']['backend.'][$this->type . '.'][$setting])) {
179
-                    $value = (bool)$configuration['config.']['tx_vidi.']['persistence.']['backend.'][$this->type . '.'][$setting];
180
-                    ObjectAccess::setProperty($this->typo3QuerySettings, $setting, $value);
181
-                }
182
-            }
183
-        }
184
-
185
-        return $this->typo3QuerySettings;
186
-    }
187
-
188
-    /**
189
-     * Returns the type this query cares for.
190
-     *
191
-     * @return string
192
-     * @api
193
-     */
194
-    public function getType()
195
-    {
196
-        return $this->type;
197
-    }
198
-
199
-    /**
200
-     * Sets the source to fetch the result from
201
-     *
202
-     * @param SourceInterface $source
203
-     */
204
-    public function setSource(SourceInterface $source)
205
-    {
206
-        $this->source = $source;
207
-    }
208
-
209
-    /**
210
-     * Returns the selectorn name or an empty string, if the source is not a selector
211
-     * TODO This has to be checked at another place
212
-     *
213
-     * @return string The selector name
214
-     */
215
-    protected function getSelectorName()
216
-    {
217
-        if ($this->getSource() instanceof SelectorInterface) {
218
-            return $this->source->getSelectorName();
219
-        } else {
220
-            return '';
221
-        }
222
-    }
223
-
224
-    /**
225
-     * Gets the node-tuple source for this query.
226
-     *
227
-     * @return SourceInterface the node-tuple source; non-null
228
-     */
229
-    public function getSource()
230
-    {
231
-        if ($this->source === null) {
232
-            $this->source = $this->qomFactory->selector($this->getType());
233
-        }
234
-        return $this->source;
235
-    }
236
-
237
-    /**
238
-     * Executes the query against the database and returns the result
239
-     *
240
-     * @return QueryResultInterface|array The query result object or an array if $this->getQuerySettings()->getReturnRawQueryResult() is true
241
-     * @api
242
-     */
243
-    public function execute($returnRawQueryResult = false)
244
-    {
245
-        /** @var VidiDbBackend $backend */
246
-        $backend = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(VidiDbBackend::class, $this);
247
-        return $backend->fetchResult();
248
-    }
249
-
250
-    /**
251
-     * Sets the property names to order the result by. Expected like this:
252
-     * array(
253
-     * 'foo' => \TYPO3\CMS\Extbase\Persistence\QueryInterface::ORDER_ASCENDING,
254
-     * 'bar' => \TYPO3\CMS\Extbase\Persistence\QueryInterface::ORDER_DESCENDING
255
-     * )
256
-     * where 'foo' and 'bar' are property names.
257
-     *
258
-     * @param array $orderings The property names to order by
259
-     * @return QueryInterface
260
-     * @api
261
-     */
262
-    public function setOrderings(array $orderings)
263
-    {
264
-        $this->orderings = $orderings;
265
-        return $this;
266
-    }
267
-
268
-    /**
269
-     * Returns the property names to order the result by. Like this:
270
-     * array(
271
-     * 'foo' => \TYPO3\CMS\Extbase\Persistence\QueryInterface::ORDER_ASCENDING,
272
-     * 'bar' => \TYPO3\CMS\Extbase\Persistence\QueryInterface::ORDER_DESCENDING
273
-     * )
274
-     *
275
-     * @return array
276
-     */
277
-    public function getOrderings()
278
-    {
279
-        return $this->orderings;
280
-    }
281
-
282
-    /**
283
-     * Sets the maximum size of the result set to limit. Returns $this to allow
284
-     * for chaining (fluid interface)
285
-     *
286
-     * @param integer $limit
287
-     * @throws \InvalidArgumentException
288
-     * @return QueryInterface
289
-     * @api
290
-     */
291
-    public function setLimit($limit)
292
-    {
293
-        if (!is_int($limit) || $limit < 1) {
294
-            throw new \InvalidArgumentException('The limit must be an integer >= 1', 1245071870);
295
-        }
296
-        $this->limit = $limit;
297
-        return $this;
298
-    }
299
-
300
-    /**
301
-     * Resets a previously set maximum size of the result set. Returns $this to allow
302
-     * for chaining (fluid interface)
303
-     *
304
-     * @return QueryInterface
305
-     * @api
306
-     */
307
-    public function unsetLimit()
308
-    {
309
-        unset($this->limit);
310
-        return $this;
311
-    }
312
-
313
-    /**
314
-     * Returns the maximum size of the result set to limit.
315
-     *
316
-     * @return integer
317
-     * @api
318
-     */
319
-    public function getLimit()
320
-    {
321
-        return $this->limit;
322
-    }
323
-
324
-    /**
325
-     * Sets the start offset of the result set to offset. Returns $this to
326
-     * allow for chaining (fluid interface)
327
-     *
328
-     * @param integer $offset
329
-     * @throws \InvalidArgumentException
330
-     * @return QueryInterface
331
-     * @api
332
-     */
333
-    public function setOffset($offset)
334
-    {
335
-        if (!is_int($offset) || $offset < 0) {
336
-            throw new \InvalidArgumentException('The offset must be a positive integer', 1245071872);
337
-        }
338
-        $this->offset = $offset;
339
-        return $this;
340
-    }
341
-
342
-    /**
343
-     * Returns the start offset of the result set.
344
-     *
345
-     * @return integer
346
-     * @api
347
-     */
348
-    public function getOffset()
349
-    {
350
-        return $this->offset;
351
-    }
352
-
353
-    /**
354
-     * The constraint used to limit the result set. Returns $this to allow
355
-     * for chaining (fluid interface)
356
-     *
357
-     * @param ConstraintInterface $constraint
358
-     * @return QueryInterface
359
-     * @api
360
-     */
361
-    public function matching($constraint)
362
-    {
363
-        $this->constraint = $constraint;
364
-        return $this;
365
-    }
366
-
367
-    /**
368
-     * Gets the constraint for this query.
369
-     *
370
-     * @return ConstraintInterface the constraint, or null if none
371
-     * @api
372
-     */
373
-    public function getConstraint()
374
-    {
375
-        return $this->constraint;
376
-    }
377
-
378
-    /**
379
-     * Performs a logical conjunction of the given constraints. The method takes one or more contraints and concatenates them with a boolean AND.
380
-     * It also scepts a single array of constraints to be concatenated.
381
-     *
382
-     * @param mixed $constraint1 The first of multiple constraints or an array of constraints.
383
-     * @throws InvalidNumberOfConstraintsException
384
-     * @return AndInterface
385
-     * @api
386
-     */
387
-    public function logicalAnd($constraint1)
388
-    {
389
-        if (is_array($constraint1)) {
390
-            $resultingConstraint = array_shift($constraint1);
391
-            $constraints = $constraint1;
392
-        } else {
393
-            $constraints = func_get_args();
394
-            $resultingConstraint = array_shift($constraints);
395
-        }
396
-        if ($resultingConstraint === null) {
397
-            throw new InvalidNumberOfConstraintsException('There must be at least one constraint or a non-empty array of constraints given.', 1401289500);
398
-        }
399
-        foreach ($constraints as $constraint) {
400
-            $resultingConstraint = $this->qomFactory->_and($resultingConstraint, $constraint);
401
-        }
402
-        return $resultingConstraint;
403
-    }
404
-
405
-    /**
406
-     * Performs a logical disjunction of the two given constraints
407
-     *
408
-     * @param mixed $constraint1 The first of multiple constraints or an array of constraints.
409
-     * @throws InvalidNumberOfConstraintsException
410
-     * @return OrInterface
411
-     * @api
412
-     */
413
-    public function logicalOr($constraint1)
414
-    {
415
-        if (is_array($constraint1)) {
416
-            $resultingConstraint = array_shift($constraint1);
417
-            $constraints = $constraint1;
418
-        } else {
419
-            $constraints = func_get_args();
420
-            $resultingConstraint = array_shift($constraints);
421
-        }
422
-        if ($resultingConstraint === null) {
423
-            throw new InvalidNumberOfConstraintsException('There must be at least one constraint or a non-empty array of constraints given.', 1401289501);
424
-        }
425
-        foreach ($constraints as $constraint) {
426
-            $resultingConstraint = $this->qomFactory->_or($resultingConstraint, $constraint);
427
-        }
428
-        return $resultingConstraint;
429
-    }
430
-
431
-    /**
432
-     * Performs a logical negation of the given constraint
433
-     *
434
-     * @param ConstraintInterface $constraint Constraint to negate
435
-     * @throws \RuntimeException
436
-     * @return NotInterface
437
-     * @api
438
-     */
439
-    public function logicalNot(ConstraintInterface $constraint)
440
-    {
441
-        return $this->qomFactory->not($constraint);
442
-    }
443
-
444
-    /**
445
-     * Returns an equals criterion used for matching objects against a query
446
-     *
447
-     * @param string $propertyName The name of the property to compare against
448
-     * @param mixed $operand The value to compare with
449
-     * @param boolean $caseSensitive Whether the equality test should be done case-sensitive
450
-     * @return ComparisonInterface
451
-     * @api
452
-     */
453
-    public function equals($propertyName, $operand, $caseSensitive = true)
454
-    {
455
-        if (is_object($operand) || $caseSensitive) {
456
-            $comparison = $this->qomFactory->comparison($this->qomFactory->propertyValue($propertyName, $this->getSelectorName()), QueryInterface::OPERATOR_EQUAL_TO, $operand);
457
-        } else {
458
-            $comparison = $this->qomFactory->comparison($this->qomFactory->lowerCase($this->qomFactory->propertyValue($propertyName, $this->getSelectorName())), QueryInterface::OPERATOR_EQUAL_TO, mb_strtolower($operand, \TYPO3\CMS\Extbase\Persistence\Generic\Query::CHARSET));
459
-        }
460
-        return $comparison;
461
-    }
462
-
463
-    /**
464
-     * Returns a like criterion used for matching objects against a query
465
-     *
466
-     * @param string $propertyName The name of the property to compare against
467
-     * @param mixed $operand The value to compare with
468
-     * @param boolean $caseSensitive Whether the matching should be done case-sensitive
469
-     * @return ComparisonInterface
470
-     * @api
471
-     */
472
-    public function like($propertyName, $operand, $caseSensitive = true)
473
-    {
474
-        return $this->qomFactory->comparison($this->qomFactory->propertyValue($propertyName, $this->getSelectorName()), QueryInterface::OPERATOR_LIKE, $operand);
475
-    }
476
-
477
-    /**
478
-     * Returns a "contains" criterion used for matching objects against a query.
479
-     * It matches if the multivalued property contains the given operand.
480
-     *
481
-     * @param string $propertyName The name of the (multivalued) property to compare against
482
-     * @param mixed $operand The value to compare with
483
-     * @return ComparisonInterface
484
-     * @api
485
-     */
486
-    public function contains($propertyName, $operand)
487
-    {
488
-        return $this->qomFactory->comparison($this->qomFactory->propertyValue($propertyName, $this->getSelectorName()), QueryInterface::OPERATOR_CONTAINS, $operand);
489
-    }
490
-
491
-    /**
492
-     * Returns an "in" criterion used for matching objects against a query. It
493
-     * matches if the property's value is contained in the multivalued operand.
494
-     *
495
-     * @param string $propertyName The name of the property to compare against
496
-     * @param mixed $operand The value to compare with, multivalued
497
-     * @throws UnexpectedTypeException
498
-     * @return ComparisonInterface
499
-     * @api
500
-     */
501
-    public function in($propertyName, $operand)
502
-    {
503
-        if (!is_array($operand) && !$operand instanceof \ArrayAccess && !$operand instanceof \Traversable) {
504
-            throw new UnexpectedTypeException('The "in" operator must be given a mutlivalued operand (array, ArrayAccess, Traversable).', 1264678095);
505
-        }
506
-        return $this->qomFactory->comparison($this->qomFactory->propertyValue($propertyName, $this->getSelectorName()), QueryInterface::OPERATOR_IN, $operand);
507
-    }
508
-
509
-    /**
510
-     * Returns a less than criterion used for matching objects against a query
511
-     *
512
-     * @param string $propertyName The name of the property to compare against
513
-     * @param mixed $operand The value to compare with
514
-     * @return ComparisonInterface
515
-     * @api
516
-     */
517
-    public function lessThan($propertyName, $operand)
518
-    {
519
-        return $this->qomFactory->comparison($this->qomFactory->propertyValue($propertyName, $this->getSelectorName()), QueryInterface::OPERATOR_LESS_THAN, $operand);
520
-    }
521
-
522
-    /**
523
-     * Returns a less or equal than criterion used for matching objects against a query
524
-     *
525
-     * @param string $propertyName The name of the property to compare against
526
-     * @param mixed $operand The value to compare with
527
-     * @return ComparisonInterface
528
-     * @api
529
-     */
530
-    public function lessThanOrEqual($propertyName, $operand)
531
-    {
532
-        return $this->qomFactory->comparison($this->qomFactory->propertyValue($propertyName, $this->getSelectorName()), QueryInterface::OPERATOR_LESS_THAN_OR_EQUAL_TO, $operand);
533
-    }
534
-
535
-    /**
536
-     * Returns a greater than criterion used for matching objects against a query
537
-     *
538
-     * @param string $propertyName The name of the property to compare against
539
-     * @param mixed $operand The value to compare with
540
-     * @return ComparisonInterface
541
-     * @api
542
-     */
543
-    public function greaterThan($propertyName, $operand)
544
-    {
545
-        return $this->qomFactory->comparison($this->qomFactory->propertyValue($propertyName, $this->getSelectorName()), QueryInterface::OPERATOR_GREATER_THAN, $operand);
546
-    }
547
-
548
-    /**
549
-     * Returns a greater than or equal criterion used for matching objects against a query
550
-     *
551
-     * @param string $propertyName The name of the property to compare against
552
-     * @param mixed $operand The value to compare with
553
-     * @return ComparisonInterface
554
-     * @api
555
-     */
556
-    public function greaterThanOrEqual($propertyName, $operand)
557
-    {
558
-        return $this->qomFactory->comparison($this->qomFactory->propertyValue($propertyName, $this->getSelectorName()), QueryInterface::OPERATOR_GREATER_THAN_OR_EQUAL_TO, $operand);
559
-    }
560
-
561
-    /**
562
-     * Returns the query result count.
563
-     *
564
-     * @return integer The query result count
565
-     * @api
566
-     */
567
-    public function count()
568
-    {
569
-        /** @var VidiDbBackend $backend */
570
-        $backend = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(VidiDbBackend::class, $this);
571
-        return $backend->countResult();
572
-    }
573
-
574
-    /**
575
-     * Returns an "isEmpty" criterion used for matching objects against a query.
576
-     * It matches if the multivalued property contains no values or is null.
577
-     *
578
-     * @param string $propertyName The name of the multivalued property to compare against
579
-     * @throws NotImplementedException
580
-     * @throws InvalidQueryException if used on a single-valued property
581
-     * @api
582
-     */
583
-    public function isEmpty($propertyName)
584
-    {
585
-        throw new NotImplementedException(__METHOD__);
586
-    }
587
-
588
-    /**
589
-     * @return string
590
-     */
591
-    public function getDistinct()
592
-    {
593
-        return $this->distinct;
594
-    }
595
-
596
-    /**
597
-     * @param string $distinct
598
-     * @return $this
599
-     */
600
-    public function setDistinct($distinct)
601
-    {
602
-        $this->distinct = $distinct;
603
-        return $this;
604
-    }
605
-
606
-    /**
607
-     * Sets the statement of this query. If you use this, you will lose the abstraction from a concrete storage
608
-     * backend (database).
609
-     *
610
-     * @param string|\TYPO3\CMS\Core\Database\PreparedStatement $statement The statement
611
-     * @param array $parameters An array of parameters. These will be bound to placeholders '?' in the $statement.
612
-     * @return QueryInterface
613
-     */
614
-    public function statement($statement, array $parameters = array())
615
-    {
616
-        $this->statement = $this->qomFactory->statement($statement, $parameters);
617
-        return $this;
618
-    }
619
-
620
-    /**
621
-     * Returns the statement of this query.
622
-     *
623
-     * @return Statement
624
-     */
625
-    public function getStatement()
626
-    {
627
-        return $this->statement;
628
-    }
629
-
630
-    protected function isBackendMode(): bool
631
-    {
632
-        return Typo3Mode::isBackendMode();
633
-    }
634
-
635
-    /**
636
-     * @return string
637
-     */
638
-    public function getSourceFieldName()
639
-    {
640
-        return $this->sourceFieldName;
641
-    }
642
-
643
-    /**
644
-     * @param string $sourceFieldName
645
-     * @return $this
646
-     */
647
-    public function setSourceFieldName($sourceFieldName)
648
-    {
649
-        $this->sourceFieldName = $sourceFieldName;
650
-        return $this;
651
-    }
652
-
653
-    public function setQuerySettings(QuerySettingsInterface $querySettings)
654
-    {
655
-        $this->typo3QuerySettings = $querySettings;
656
-    }
657
-
658
-    public function getQuerySettings()
659
-    {
660
-        return $this->typo3QuerySettings;
661
-    }
45
+	/**
46
+	 * An inner join.
47
+	 */
48
+	public const JCR_JOIN_TYPE_INNER = '{http://www.jcp.org/jcr/1.0}joinTypeInner';
49
+
50
+	/**
51
+	 * A left-outer join.
52
+	 */
53
+	public const JCR_JOIN_TYPE_LEFT_OUTER = '{http://www.jcp.org/jcr/1.0}joinTypeLeftOuter';
54
+
55
+	/**
56
+	 * A right-outer join.
57
+	 */
58
+	public const JCR_JOIN_TYPE_RIGHT_OUTER = '{http://www.jcp.org/jcr/1.0}joinTypeRightOuter';
59
+
60
+	/**
61
+	 * Charset of strings in QOM
62
+	 */
63
+	public const CHARSET = 'utf-8';
64
+
65
+	/**
66
+	 * @var string
67
+	 */
68
+	protected $sourceFieldName;
69
+
70
+	/**
71
+	 * @var string
72
+	 */
73
+	protected $type;
74
+
75
+	/**
76
+	 * @var PersistenceManagerInterface
77
+	 */
78
+	protected $persistenceManager;
79
+
80
+	/**
81
+	 * @var QueryObjectModelFactory
82
+	 */
83
+	protected $qomFactory;
84
+
85
+	/**
86
+	 * @var SourceInterface
87
+	 */
88
+	protected $source;
89
+
90
+	/**
91
+	 * @var ConstraintInterface
92
+	 */
93
+	protected $constraint;
94
+
95
+	/**
96
+	 * @var Statement
97
+	 */
98
+	protected $statement;
99
+
100
+	/**
101
+	 * @var array
102
+	 */
103
+	protected $orderings = [];
104
+
105
+	/**
106
+	 * @var int
107
+	 */
108
+	protected $limit;
109
+
110
+	/**
111
+	 * @var int
112
+	 */
113
+	protected $offset;
114
+
115
+	/**
116
+	 * Apply DISTINCT upon property.
117
+	 *
118
+	 * @var string
119
+	 */
120
+	protected $distinct;
121
+
122
+	/**
123
+	 * The query settings.
124
+	 *
125
+	 * @var Typo3QuerySettings
126
+	 */
127
+	public Typo3QuerySettings $typo3QuerySettings;
128
+
129
+	/**
130
+	 * Constructs a query object working on the given class name
131
+	 *
132
+	 * @param string $type
133
+	 */
134
+	public function __construct($type)
135
+	{
136
+		$this->type = $type;
137
+		$this->persistenceManager = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(PersistenceManagerInterface::class);
138
+		$this->qomFactory = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(QueryObjectModelFactory::class);
139
+	}
140
+
141
+	public function injectTypo3QuerySettings(Typo3QuerySettings $querySettings): void
142
+	{
143
+		$this->typo3QuerySettings = $querySettings;
144
+	}
145
+
146
+	/**
147
+	 * Sets the Query Settings. These Query settings must match the settings expected by
148
+	 * the specific Storage Backend.
149
+	 *
150
+	 * @param QuerySettingsInterface $typo3QuerySettings The Query Settings
151
+	 * @return void
152
+	 */
153
+	public function setTypo3QuerySettings(QuerySettingsInterface $typo3QuerySettings)
154
+	{
155
+		$this->typo3QuerySettings = $typo3QuerySettings;
156
+	}
157
+
158
+	/**
159
+	 * Returns the Query Settings.
160
+	 *
161
+	 * @throws \Exception
162
+	 * @return Typo3QuerySettings $querySettings The Query Settings
163
+	 * @api This method is not part of FLOW3 API
164
+	 */
165
+	public function getTypo3QuerySettings()
166
+	{
167
+		if (!$this->typo3QuerySettings instanceof QuerySettingsInterface) {
168
+			throw new Exception('Tried to get the query settings without setting them before.', 1248689115);
169
+		}
170
+
171
+		// Apply possible settings to the query.
172
+		if ($this->isBackendMode()) {
173
+			/** @var BackendConfigurationManager $backendConfigurationManager */
174
+			$backendConfigurationManager = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(BackendConfigurationManager::class);
175
+			$configuration = $backendConfigurationManager->getTypoScriptSetup();
176
+			$querySettings = array('respectSysLanguage');
177
+			foreach ($querySettings as $setting) {
178
+				if (isset($configuration['config.']['tx_vidi.']['persistence.']['backend.'][$this->type . '.'][$setting])) {
179
+					$value = (bool)$configuration['config.']['tx_vidi.']['persistence.']['backend.'][$this->type . '.'][$setting];
180
+					ObjectAccess::setProperty($this->typo3QuerySettings, $setting, $value);
181
+				}
182
+			}
183
+		}
184
+
185
+		return $this->typo3QuerySettings;
186
+	}
187
+
188
+	/**
189
+	 * Returns the type this query cares for.
190
+	 *
191
+	 * @return string
192
+	 * @api
193
+	 */
194
+	public function getType()
195
+	{
196
+		return $this->type;
197
+	}
198
+
199
+	/**
200
+	 * Sets the source to fetch the result from
201
+	 *
202
+	 * @param SourceInterface $source
203
+	 */
204
+	public function setSource(SourceInterface $source)
205
+	{
206
+		$this->source = $source;
207
+	}
208
+
209
+	/**
210
+	 * Returns the selectorn name or an empty string, if the source is not a selector
211
+	 * TODO This has to be checked at another place
212
+	 *
213
+	 * @return string The selector name
214
+	 */
215
+	protected function getSelectorName()
216
+	{
217
+		if ($this->getSource() instanceof SelectorInterface) {
218
+			return $this->source->getSelectorName();
219
+		} else {
220
+			return '';
221
+		}
222
+	}
223
+
224
+	/**
225
+	 * Gets the node-tuple source for this query.
226
+	 *
227
+	 * @return SourceInterface the node-tuple source; non-null
228
+	 */
229
+	public function getSource()
230
+	{
231
+		if ($this->source === null) {
232
+			$this->source = $this->qomFactory->selector($this->getType());
233
+		}
234
+		return $this->source;
235
+	}
236
+
237
+	/**
238
+	 * Executes the query against the database and returns the result
239
+	 *
240
+	 * @return QueryResultInterface|array The query result object or an array if $this->getQuerySettings()->getReturnRawQueryResult() is true
241
+	 * @api
242
+	 */
243
+	public function execute($returnRawQueryResult = false)
244
+	{
245
+		/** @var VidiDbBackend $backend */
246
+		$backend = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(VidiDbBackend::class, $this);
247
+		return $backend->fetchResult();
248
+	}
249
+
250
+	/**
251
+	 * Sets the property names to order the result by. Expected like this:
252
+	 * array(
253
+	 * 'foo' => \TYPO3\CMS\Extbase\Persistence\QueryInterface::ORDER_ASCENDING,
254
+	 * 'bar' => \TYPO3\CMS\Extbase\Persistence\QueryInterface::ORDER_DESCENDING
255
+	 * )
256
+	 * where 'foo' and 'bar' are property names.
257
+	 *
258
+	 * @param array $orderings The property names to order by
259
+	 * @return QueryInterface
260
+	 * @api
261
+	 */
262
+	public function setOrderings(array $orderings)
263
+	{
264
+		$this->orderings = $orderings;
265
+		return $this;
266
+	}
267
+
268
+	/**
269
+	 * Returns the property names to order the result by. Like this:
270
+	 * array(
271
+	 * 'foo' => \TYPO3\CMS\Extbase\Persistence\QueryInterface::ORDER_ASCENDING,
272
+	 * 'bar' => \TYPO3\CMS\Extbase\Persistence\QueryInterface::ORDER_DESCENDING
273
+	 * )
274
+	 *
275
+	 * @return array
276
+	 */
277
+	public function getOrderings()
278
+	{
279
+		return $this->orderings;
280
+	}
281
+
282
+	/**
283
+	 * Sets the maximum size of the result set to limit. Returns $this to allow
284
+	 * for chaining (fluid interface)
285
+	 *
286
+	 * @param integer $limit
287
+	 * @throws \InvalidArgumentException
288
+	 * @return QueryInterface
289
+	 * @api
290
+	 */
291
+	public function setLimit($limit)
292
+	{
293
+		if (!is_int($limit) || $limit < 1) {
294
+			throw new \InvalidArgumentException('The limit must be an integer >= 1', 1245071870);
295
+		}
296
+		$this->limit = $limit;
297
+		return $this;
298
+	}
299
+
300
+	/**
301
+	 * Resets a previously set maximum size of the result set. Returns $this to allow
302
+	 * for chaining (fluid interface)
303
+	 *
304
+	 * @return QueryInterface
305
+	 * @api
306
+	 */
307
+	public function unsetLimit()
308
+	{
309
+		unset($this->limit);
310
+		return $this;
311
+	}
312
+
313
+	/**
314
+	 * Returns the maximum size of the result set to limit.
315
+	 *
316
+	 * @return integer
317
+	 * @api
318
+	 */
319
+	public function getLimit()
320
+	{
321
+		return $this->limit;
322
+	}
323
+
324
+	/**
325
+	 * Sets the start offset of the result set to offset. Returns $this to
326
+	 * allow for chaining (fluid interface)
327
+	 *
328
+	 * @param integer $offset
329
+	 * @throws \InvalidArgumentException
330
+	 * @return QueryInterface
331
+	 * @api
332
+	 */
333
+	public function setOffset($offset)
334
+	{
335
+		if (!is_int($offset) || $offset < 0) {
336
+			throw new \InvalidArgumentException('The offset must be a positive integer', 1245071872);
337
+		}
338
+		$this->offset = $offset;
339
+		return $this;
340
+	}
341
+
342
+	/**
343
+	 * Returns the start offset of the result set.
344
+	 *
345
+	 * @return integer
346
+	 * @api
347
+	 */
348
+	public function getOffset()
349
+	{
350
+		return $this->offset;
351
+	}
352
+
353
+	/**
354
+	 * The constraint used to limit the result set. Returns $this to allow
355
+	 * for chaining (fluid interface)
356
+	 *
357
+	 * @param ConstraintInterface $constraint
358
+	 * @return QueryInterface
359
+	 * @api
360
+	 */
361
+	public function matching($constraint)
362
+	{
363
+		$this->constraint = $constraint;
364
+		return $this;
365
+	}
366
+
367
+	/**
368
+	 * Gets the constraint for this query.
369
+	 *
370
+	 * @return ConstraintInterface the constraint, or null if none
371
+	 * @api
372
+	 */
373
+	public function getConstraint()
374
+	{
375
+		return $this->constraint;
376
+	}
377
+
378
+	/**
379
+	 * Performs a logical conjunction of the given constraints. The method takes one or more contraints and concatenates them with a boolean AND.
380
+	 * It also scepts a single array of constraints to be concatenated.
381
+	 *
382
+	 * @param mixed $constraint1 The first of multiple constraints or an array of constraints.
383
+	 * @throws InvalidNumberOfConstraintsException
384
+	 * @return AndInterface
385
+	 * @api
386
+	 */
387
+	public function logicalAnd($constraint1)
388
+	{
389
+		if (is_array($constraint1)) {
390
+			$resultingConstraint = array_shift($constraint1);
391
+			$constraints = $constraint1;
392
+		} else {
393
+			$constraints = func_get_args();
394
+			$resultingConstraint = array_shift($constraints);
395
+		}
396
+		if ($resultingConstraint === null) {
397
+			throw new InvalidNumberOfConstraintsException('There must be at least one constraint or a non-empty array of constraints given.', 1401289500);
398
+		}
399
+		foreach ($constraints as $constraint) {
400
+			$resultingConstraint = $this->qomFactory->_and($resultingConstraint, $constraint);
401
+		}
402
+		return $resultingConstraint;
403
+	}
404
+
405
+	/**
406
+	 * Performs a logical disjunction of the two given constraints
407
+	 *
408
+	 * @param mixed $constraint1 The first of multiple constraints or an array of constraints.
409
+	 * @throws InvalidNumberOfConstraintsException
410
+	 * @return OrInterface
411
+	 * @api
412
+	 */
413
+	public function logicalOr($constraint1)
414
+	{
415
+		if (is_array($constraint1)) {
416
+			$resultingConstraint = array_shift($constraint1);
417
+			$constraints = $constraint1;
418
+		} else {
419
+			$constraints = func_get_args();
420
+			$resultingConstraint = array_shift($constraints);
421
+		}
422
+		if ($resultingConstraint === null) {
423
+			throw new InvalidNumberOfConstraintsException('There must be at least one constraint or a non-empty array of constraints given.', 1401289501);
424
+		}
425
+		foreach ($constraints as $constraint) {
426
+			$resultingConstraint = $this->qomFactory->_or($resultingConstraint, $constraint);
427
+		}
428
+		return $resultingConstraint;
429
+	}
430
+
431
+	/**
432
+	 * Performs a logical negation of the given constraint
433
+	 *
434
+	 * @param ConstraintInterface $constraint Constraint to negate
435
+	 * @throws \RuntimeException
436
+	 * @return NotInterface
437
+	 * @api
438
+	 */
439
+	public function logicalNot(ConstraintInterface $constraint)
440
+	{
441
+		return $this->qomFactory->not($constraint);
442
+	}
443
+
444
+	/**
445
+	 * Returns an equals criterion used for matching objects against a query
446
+	 *
447
+	 * @param string $propertyName The name of the property to compare against
448
+	 * @param mixed $operand The value to compare with
449
+	 * @param boolean $caseSensitive Whether the equality test should be done case-sensitive
450
+	 * @return ComparisonInterface
451
+	 * @api
452
+	 */
453
+	public function equals($propertyName, $operand, $caseSensitive = true)
454
+	{
455
+		if (is_object($operand) || $caseSensitive) {
456
+			$comparison = $this->qomFactory->comparison($this->qomFactory->propertyValue($propertyName, $this->getSelectorName()), QueryInterface::OPERATOR_EQUAL_TO, $operand);
457
+		} else {
458
+			$comparison = $this->qomFactory->comparison($this->qomFactory->lowerCase($this->qomFactory->propertyValue($propertyName, $this->getSelectorName())), QueryInterface::OPERATOR_EQUAL_TO, mb_strtolower($operand, \TYPO3\CMS\Extbase\Persistence\Generic\Query::CHARSET));
459
+		}
460
+		return $comparison;
461
+	}
462
+
463
+	/**
464
+	 * Returns a like criterion used for matching objects against a query
465
+	 *
466
+	 * @param string $propertyName The name of the property to compare against
467
+	 * @param mixed $operand The value to compare with
468
+	 * @param boolean $caseSensitive Whether the matching should be done case-sensitive
469
+	 * @return ComparisonInterface
470
+	 * @api
471
+	 */
472
+	public function like($propertyName, $operand, $caseSensitive = true)
473
+	{
474
+		return $this->qomFactory->comparison($this->qomFactory->propertyValue($propertyName, $this->getSelectorName()), QueryInterface::OPERATOR_LIKE, $operand);
475
+	}
476
+
477
+	/**
478
+	 * Returns a "contains" criterion used for matching objects against a query.
479
+	 * It matches if the multivalued property contains the given operand.
480
+	 *
481
+	 * @param string $propertyName The name of the (multivalued) property to compare against
482
+	 * @param mixed $operand The value to compare with
483
+	 * @return ComparisonInterface
484
+	 * @api
485
+	 */
486
+	public function contains($propertyName, $operand)
487
+	{
488
+		return $this->qomFactory->comparison($this->qomFactory->propertyValue($propertyName, $this->getSelectorName()), QueryInterface::OPERATOR_CONTAINS, $operand);
489
+	}
490
+
491
+	/**
492
+	 * Returns an "in" criterion used for matching objects against a query. It
493
+	 * matches if the property's value is contained in the multivalued operand.
494
+	 *
495
+	 * @param string $propertyName The name of the property to compare against
496
+	 * @param mixed $operand The value to compare with, multivalued
497
+	 * @throws UnexpectedTypeException
498
+	 * @return ComparisonInterface
499
+	 * @api
500
+	 */
501
+	public function in($propertyName, $operand)
502
+	{
503
+		if (!is_array($operand) && !$operand instanceof \ArrayAccess && !$operand instanceof \Traversable) {
504
+			throw new UnexpectedTypeException('The "in" operator must be given a mutlivalued operand (array, ArrayAccess, Traversable).', 1264678095);
505
+		}
506
+		return $this->qomFactory->comparison($this->qomFactory->propertyValue($propertyName, $this->getSelectorName()), QueryInterface::OPERATOR_IN, $operand);
507
+	}
508
+
509
+	/**
510
+	 * Returns a less than criterion used for matching objects against a query
511
+	 *
512
+	 * @param string $propertyName The name of the property to compare against
513
+	 * @param mixed $operand The value to compare with
514
+	 * @return ComparisonInterface
515
+	 * @api
516
+	 */
517
+	public function lessThan($propertyName, $operand)
518
+	{
519
+		return $this->qomFactory->comparison($this->qomFactory->propertyValue($propertyName, $this->getSelectorName()), QueryInterface::OPERATOR_LESS_THAN, $operand);
520
+	}
521
+
522
+	/**
523
+	 * Returns a less or equal than criterion used for matching objects against a query
524
+	 *
525
+	 * @param string $propertyName The name of the property to compare against
526
+	 * @param mixed $operand The value to compare with
527
+	 * @return ComparisonInterface
528
+	 * @api
529
+	 */
530
+	public function lessThanOrEqual($propertyName, $operand)
531
+	{
532
+		return $this->qomFactory->comparison($this->qomFactory->propertyValue($propertyName, $this->getSelectorName()), QueryInterface::OPERATOR_LESS_THAN_OR_EQUAL_TO, $operand);
533
+	}
534
+
535
+	/**
536
+	 * Returns a greater than criterion used for matching objects against a query
537
+	 *
538
+	 * @param string $propertyName The name of the property to compare against
539
+	 * @param mixed $operand The value to compare with
540
+	 * @return ComparisonInterface
541
+	 * @api
542
+	 */
543
+	public function greaterThan($propertyName, $operand)
544
+	{
545
+		return $this->qomFactory->comparison($this->qomFactory->propertyValue($propertyName, $this->getSelectorName()), QueryInterface::OPERATOR_GREATER_THAN, $operand);
546
+	}
547
+
548
+	/**
549
+	 * Returns a greater than or equal criterion used for matching objects against a query
550
+	 *
551
+	 * @param string $propertyName The name of the property to compare against
552
+	 * @param mixed $operand The value to compare with
553
+	 * @return ComparisonInterface
554
+	 * @api
555
+	 */
556
+	public function greaterThanOrEqual($propertyName, $operand)
557
+	{
558
+		return $this->qomFactory->comparison($this->qomFactory->propertyValue($propertyName, $this->getSelectorName()), QueryInterface::OPERATOR_GREATER_THAN_OR_EQUAL_TO, $operand);
559
+	}
560
+
561
+	/**
562
+	 * Returns the query result count.
563
+	 *
564
+	 * @return integer The query result count
565
+	 * @api
566
+	 */
567
+	public function count()
568
+	{
569
+		/** @var VidiDbBackend $backend */
570
+		$backend = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(VidiDbBackend::class, $this);
571
+		return $backend->countResult();
572
+	}
573
+
574
+	/**
575
+	 * Returns an "isEmpty" criterion used for matching objects against a query.
576
+	 * It matches if the multivalued property contains no values or is null.
577
+	 *
578
+	 * @param string $propertyName The name of the multivalued property to compare against
579
+	 * @throws NotImplementedException
580
+	 * @throws InvalidQueryException if used on a single-valued property
581
+	 * @api
582
+	 */
583
+	public function isEmpty($propertyName)
584
+	{
585
+		throw new NotImplementedException(__METHOD__);
586
+	}
587
+
588
+	/**
589
+	 * @return string
590
+	 */
591
+	public function getDistinct()
592
+	{
593
+		return $this->distinct;
594
+	}
595
+
596
+	/**
597
+	 * @param string $distinct
598
+	 * @return $this
599
+	 */
600
+	public function setDistinct($distinct)
601
+	{
602
+		$this->distinct = $distinct;
603
+		return $this;
604
+	}
605
+
606
+	/**
607
+	 * Sets the statement of this query. If you use this, you will lose the abstraction from a concrete storage
608
+	 * backend (database).
609
+	 *
610
+	 * @param string|\TYPO3\CMS\Core\Database\PreparedStatement $statement The statement
611
+	 * @param array $parameters An array of parameters. These will be bound to placeholders '?' in the $statement.
612
+	 * @return QueryInterface
613
+	 */
614
+	public function statement($statement, array $parameters = array())
615
+	{
616
+		$this->statement = $this->qomFactory->statement($statement, $parameters);
617
+		return $this;
618
+	}
619
+
620
+	/**
621
+	 * Returns the statement of this query.
622
+	 *
623
+	 * @return Statement
624
+	 */
625
+	public function getStatement()
626
+	{
627
+		return $this->statement;
628
+	}
629
+
630
+	protected function isBackendMode(): bool
631
+	{
632
+		return Typo3Mode::isBackendMode();
633
+	}
634
+
635
+	/**
636
+	 * @return string
637
+	 */
638
+	public function getSourceFieldName()
639
+	{
640
+		return $this->sourceFieldName;
641
+	}
642
+
643
+	/**
644
+	 * @param string $sourceFieldName
645
+	 * @return $this
646
+	 */
647
+	public function setSourceFieldName($sourceFieldName)
648
+	{
649
+		$this->sourceFieldName = $sourceFieldName;
650
+		return $this;
651
+	}
652
+
653
+	public function setQuerySettings(QuerySettingsInterface $querySettings)
654
+	{
655
+		$this->typo3QuerySettings = $querySettings;
656
+	}
657
+
658
+	public function getQuerySettings()
659
+	{
660
+		return $this->typo3QuerySettings;
661
+	}
662 662
 }
Please login to merge, or discard this patch.
Classes/ViewHelpers/Render/ComponentsViewHelper.php 2 patches
Indentation   +45 added lines, -45 removed lines patch added patch discarded remove patch
@@ -18,57 +18,57 @@
 block discarded – undo
18 18
  */
19 19
 class ComponentsViewHelper extends AbstractViewHelper
20 20
 {
21
-    /**
22
-     * @return void
23
-     */
24
-    public function initializeArguments()
25
-    {
26
-        $this->registerArgument('part', 'string', 'Template part', true);
27
-    }
21
+	/**
22
+	 * @return void
23
+	 */
24
+	public function initializeArguments()
25
+	{
26
+		$this->registerArgument('part', 'string', 'Template part', true);
27
+	}
28 28
 
29
-    /**
30
-     * Escapes special characters with their escaped counterparts as needed using PHPs strip_tags() function.
31
-     *
32
-     * @return mixed
33
-     */
34
-    public function render()
35
-    {
36
-        return static::renderStatic(
37
-            $this->arguments,
38
-            $this->buildRenderChildrenClosure(),
39
-            $this->renderingContext
40
-        );
41
-    }
29
+	/**
30
+	 * Escapes special characters with their escaped counterparts as needed using PHPs strip_tags() function.
31
+	 *
32
+	 * @return mixed
33
+	 */
34
+	public function render()
35
+	{
36
+		return static::renderStatic(
37
+			$this->arguments,
38
+			$this->buildRenderChildrenClosure(),
39
+			$this->renderingContext
40
+		);
41
+	}
42 42
 
43
-    /**
44
-     * Applies strip_tags() on the specified value.
45
-     *
46
-     * @param array $arguments
47
-     * @param \Closure $renderChildrenClosure
48
-     * @param RenderingContextInterface $renderingContext
49
-     * @return string
50
-     */
51
-    public static function renderStatic(array $arguments, \Closure $renderChildrenClosure, RenderingContextInterface $renderingContext)
52
-    {
53
-        /** @var ModuleLoader $moduleLoader */
54
-        $moduleLoader = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ModuleLoader::class);
43
+	/**
44
+	 * Applies strip_tags() on the specified value.
45
+	 *
46
+	 * @param array $arguments
47
+	 * @param \Closure $renderChildrenClosure
48
+	 * @param RenderingContextInterface $renderingContext
49
+	 * @return string
50
+	 */
51
+	public static function renderStatic(array $arguments, \Closure $renderChildrenClosure, RenderingContextInterface $renderingContext)
52
+	{
53
+		/** @var ModuleLoader $moduleLoader */
54
+		$moduleLoader = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ModuleLoader::class);
55 55
 
56
-        $part = $arguments['part'];
56
+		$part = $arguments['part'];
57 57
 
58
-        $getComponents = 'get' . ucfirst($part) . 'Components';
59
-        $components = $moduleLoader->$getComponents();
58
+		$getComponents = 'get' . ucfirst($part) . 'Components';
59
+		$components = $moduleLoader->$getComponents();
60 60
 
61
-        $result = '';
62
-        foreach ($components as $component) {
63
-            $viewHelper = GeneralUtility::makeInstance($component);
61
+		$result = '';
62
+		foreach ($components as $component) {
63
+			$viewHelper = GeneralUtility::makeInstance($component);
64 64
 
65
-            // Get possible arguments but remove first one.
66
-            $arguments = func_get_args();
67
-            array_shift($arguments);
68
-            $result .= call_user_func_array(array($viewHelper, 'render'), $arguments);
69
-        }
65
+			// Get possible arguments but remove first one.
66
+			$arguments = func_get_args();
67
+			array_shift($arguments);
68
+			$result .= call_user_func_array(array($viewHelper, 'render'), $arguments);
69
+		}
70 70
 
71
-        return $result;
72
-    }
71
+		return $result;
72
+	}
73 73
 
74 74
 }
Please login to merge, or discard this patch.
Spacing   +1 added lines, -1 removed lines patch added patch discarded remove patch
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
 block discarded – undo
55 55
 
56 56
         $part = $arguments['part'];
57 57
 
58
-        $getComponents = 'get' . ucfirst($part) . 'Components';
58
+        $getComponents = 'get'.ucfirst($part).'Components';
59 59
         $components = $moduleLoader->$getComponents();
60 60
 
61 61
         $result = '';
Please login to merge, or discard this patch.
ext_emconf.php 1 patch
Indentation   +5 added lines, -5 removed lines patch added patch discarded remove patch
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 block discarded – undo
1 1
 <?php
2 2
 
3 3
 $EM_CONF[$_EXTKEY] = [
4
-    'title' => 'Versatile and Interactive Display - List Component',
5
-    'description' => 'Generic listing of records with versatile ways of interacting with the data, e.g. advanced filter, inline editing, mass editing, ... Veni, vidi, vici!',
6
-    'author' => 'Fabien Udriot',
7
-    'author_email' => '[email protected]',
8
-    'state' => 'stable',
4
+	'title' => 'Versatile and Interactive Display - List Component',
5
+	'description' => 'Generic listing of records with versatile ways of interacting with the data, e.g. advanced filter, inline editing, mass editing, ... Veni, vidi, vici!',
6
+	'author' => 'Fabien Udriot',
7
+	'author_email' => '[email protected]',
8
+	'state' => 'stable',
9 9
 ];
Please login to merge, or discard this patch.
Classes/Module/ModuleLoader.php 2 patches
Spacing   +5 added lines, -5 removed lines patch added patch discarded remove patch
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@  discard block
 block discarded – undo
193 193
      */
194 194
     protected function getExistingMainConfiguration(): array
195 195
     {
196
-        $moduleSignature = $this->computeMainModule() . '_' . $this->getInternalModuleSignature();
196
+        $moduleSignature = $this->computeMainModule().'_'.$this->getInternalModuleSignature();
197 197
         return $GLOBALS['TBE_MODULES']['_configuration'][$moduleSignature] ?? [];
198 198
     }
199 199
 
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@  discard block
 block discarded – undo
315 315
             ExtensionUtility::registerModule(
316 316
                 'Vidi',
317 317
                 $this->computeMainModule(),
318
-                $this->dataType . '_' . $this->moduleKey,
318
+                $this->dataType.'_'.$this->moduleKey,
319 319
                 $this->position,
320 320
                 [
321 321
                     ContentController::class => 'index, list, delete, update, edit, copy, move, localize, sort, copyClipboard, moveClipboard',
@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@  discard block
 block discarded – undo
378 378
      */
379 379
     public function getParameterPrefix(): string
380 380
     {
381
-        return 'tx_vidi_' . strtolower($this->getSignature());
381
+        return 'tx_vidi_'.strtolower($this->getSignature());
382 382
     }
383 383
 
384 384
     /**
@@ -1031,10 +1031,10 @@  discard block
 block discarded – undo
1031 1031
         if ($dataType === null) {
1032 1032
             $dataType = $this->dataType;
1033 1033
         }
1034
-        $subModuleName = $dataType . '_' . $this->moduleKey;
1034
+        $subModuleName = $dataType.'_'.$this->moduleKey;
1035 1035
 
1036 1036
         $mainModule = $this->mainModule ?: self::DEFAULT_MAIN_MODULE;
1037
-        return $mainModule . '_Vidi' . GeneralUtility::underscoredToUpperCamelCase($subModuleName);
1037
+        return $mainModule.'_Vidi'.GeneralUtility::underscoredToUpperCamelCase($subModuleName);
1038 1038
     }
1039 1039
 
1040 1040
 }
Please login to merge, or discard this patch.
Indentation   +992 added lines, -992 removed lines patch added patch discarded remove patch
@@ -35,996 +35,996 @@
 block discarded – undo
35 35
  */
36 36
 class ModuleLoader
37 37
 {
38
-    /**
39
-     * Define the default main module
40
-     */
41
-    public const DEFAULT_MAIN_MODULE = 'content';
42
-
43
-    /**
44
-     * Define the default pid
45
-     */
46
-    public const DEFAULT_PID = 0;
47
-
48
-    /**
49
-     * The type of data being listed (which corresponds to a table name in TCA)
50
-     *
51
-     * @var string
52
-     */
53
-    protected $dataType;
54
-
55
-    /**
56
-     * @var string
57
-     */
58
-    protected $defaultPid;
59
-
60
-    /**
61
-     * @var bool
62
-     */
63
-    protected $isPidIgnored = false;
64
-
65
-    /**
66
-     * @var bool
67
-     */
68
-    protected $showPageTree = false;
69
-
70
-    /**
71
-     * @var bool
72
-     */
73
-    protected $isShown = true;
74
-
75
-    /**
76
-     * @var string
77
-     */
78
-    protected $access;
79
-
80
-    /**
81
-     * @var string
82
-     */
83
-    protected $mainModule;
84
-
85
-    /**
86
-     * @var string
87
-     */
88
-    protected $position = '';
89
-
90
-    /**
91
-     * @var string
92
-     */
93
-    protected $icon;
94
-
95
-    /**
96
-     * @var string
97
-     */
98
-    protected $moduleLanguageFile;
99
-
100
-    /**
101
-     * The module key such as m1, m2.
102
-     *
103
-     * @var string
104
-     */
105
-    protected $moduleKey = 'm1';
106
-
107
-    /**
108
-     * @var string[]
109
-     */
110
-    protected $additionalJavaScriptFiles = [];
111
-
112
-    /**
113
-     * @var string[]
114
-     */
115
-    protected $additionalStyleSheetFiles = [];
116
-
117
-    /**
118
-     * @var array
119
-     */
120
-    protected $components = [];
121
-
122
-    /**
123
-     * @param string $dataType
124
-     */
125
-    public function __construct($dataType = null)
126
-    {
127
-        $this->dataType = $dataType;
128
-
129
-        // Initialize components
130
-        $this->components = [
131
-            ModulePosition::DOC_HEADER => [
132
-                ModulePosition::TOP => [
133
-                    ModulePosition::LEFT => [],
134
-                    ModulePosition::RIGHT => [
135
-                        ToolButton::class,
136
-                    ],
137
-                ],
138
-                ModulePosition::BOTTOM => [
139
-                    ModulePosition::LEFT => [
140
-                        NewButton::class,
141
-                        BackViewHelper::class,
142
-                    ],
143
-                    ModulePosition::RIGHT => [],
144
-                ],
145
-            ],
146
-            ModulePosition::GRID => [
147
-                ModulePosition::TOP => [
148
-                    RelationsCheck::class,
149
-                    #\Fab\Vidi\View\Tab\DataTypeTab::class,
150
-                ],
151
-                ModulePosition::BUTTONS => [
152
-                    EditButton::class,
153
-                    DeleteButton::class,
154
-                ],
155
-                ModulePosition::BOTTOM => [],
156
-            ],
157
-            ModulePosition::MENU_MASS_ACTION => [
158
-                ExportXlsMenuItem::class,
159
-                ExportXmlMenuItem::class,
160
-                ExportCsvMenuItem::class,
161
-                DividerMenuItem::class,
162
-                MassDeleteMenuItem::class,
163
-                #\Fab\Vidi\View\MenuItem\MassEditMenuItem::class,
164
-            ],
165
-        ];
166
-    }
167
-
168
-    /**
169
-     * Tell whether a module is already registered.
170
-     *
171
-     * @param string $dataType
172
-     * @return bool
173
-     */
174
-    public function isRegistered($dataType): bool
175
-    {
176
-        $internalModuleSignature = $this->getInternalModuleSignature($dataType);
177
-        return !empty($GLOBALS['TBE_MODULES_EXT']['vidi'][$internalModuleSignature]);
178
-    }
179
-
180
-    /**
181
-     * @return array
182
-     */
183
-    protected function getExistingInternalConfiguration(): array
184
-    {
185
-        $internalModuleSignature = $this->getInternalModuleSignature();
186
-        return $GLOBALS['TBE_MODULES_EXT']['vidi'][$internalModuleSignature] ?? [];
187
-    }
188
-
189
-    /**
190
-     * @return array
191
-     */
192
-    protected function getExistingMainConfiguration(): array
193
-    {
194
-        $moduleSignature = $this->computeMainModule() . '_' . $this->getInternalModuleSignature();
195
-        return $GLOBALS['TBE_MODULES']['_configuration'][$moduleSignature] ?? [];
196
-    }
197
-
198
-    /**
199
-     * @return string
200
-     */
201
-    protected function computeMainModule(): string
202
-    {
203
-        $existingConfiguration = $this->getExistingInternalConfiguration();
204
-
205
-        if ($this->mainModule !== null) {
206
-            $mainModule = $this->mainModule;
207
-        } elseif (!empty($existingConfiguration['mainModule'])) { // existing configuration may override.
208
-            $mainModule = $existingConfiguration['mainModule'];
209
-        } else {
210
-            $mainModule = self::DEFAULT_MAIN_MODULE; //default value.
211
-        }
212
-        return $mainModule;
213
-    }
214
-
215
-    /**
216
-     * @return string
217
-     */
218
-    protected function computeDefaultPid(): string
219
-    {
220
-        $existingConfiguration = $this->getExistingInternalConfiguration();
221
-
222
-        if ($this->defaultPid !== null) {
223
-            $defaultPid = $this->defaultPid;
224
-        } elseif (!empty($existingConfiguration['defaultPid'])) { // existing configuration may override.
225
-            $defaultPid = $existingConfiguration['defaultPid'];
226
-        } else {
227
-            $defaultPid = self::DEFAULT_PID; //default value.
228
-        }
229
-        return $defaultPid;
230
-    }
231
-
232
-    /**
233
-     * @return array
234
-     */
235
-    protected function computeAdditionalJavaScriptFiles(): array
236
-    {
237
-        $additionalJavaScriptFiles = $this->additionalJavaScriptFiles;
238
-
239
-        // Possible merge of existing javascript files.
240
-        $existingConfiguration = $this->getExistingInternalConfiguration();
241
-        if (!empty($existingConfiguration['additionalJavaScriptFiles'])) {
242
-            $additionalJavaScriptFiles = array_merge($additionalJavaScriptFiles, $existingConfiguration['additionalJavaScriptFiles']);
243
-        }
244
-
245
-        return $additionalJavaScriptFiles;
246
-    }
247
-
248
-    /**
249
-     * @return array
250
-     */
251
-    protected function computeAdditionalStyleSheetFiles(): array
252
-    {
253
-        $additionalStyleSheetFiles = $this->additionalStyleSheetFiles;
254
-
255
-        // Possible merge of existing style sheets.
256
-        $existingConfiguration = $this->getExistingInternalConfiguration();
257
-        if (!empty($existingConfiguration['additionalStyleSheetFiles'])) {
258
-            $additionalStyleSheetFiles = array_merge($additionalStyleSheetFiles, $existingConfiguration['additionalStyleSheetFiles']);
259
-        }
260
-
261
-        return $additionalStyleSheetFiles;
262
-    }
263
-
264
-    /**
265
-     * @return array
266
-     */
267
-    protected function computeComponents(): array
268
-    {
269
-        // We override the config in any case. See if we need more than that.
270
-        return $this->components;
271
-    }
272
-
273
-    /**
274
-     * Register the module in two places: core + vidi internal.
275
-     *
276
-     * @return $this
277
-     */
278
-    public function register(): self
279
-    {
280
-        // Internal Vidi module registration.
281
-        $configuration = [];
282
-        $configuration['dataType'] = $this->dataType;
283
-        $configuration['mainModule'] = $this->computeMainModule();
284
-        $configuration['defaultPid'] = $this->computeDefaultPid();
285
-        $configuration['additionalJavaScriptFiles'] = $this->computeAdditionalJavaScriptFiles();
286
-        $configuration['additionalStyleSheetFiles'] = $this->computeAdditionalStyleSheetFiles();
287
-        $configuration['components'] = $this->computeComponents();
288
-        $configuration['isPidIgnored'] = $this->isPidIgnored;
289
-
290
-        $internalModuleSignature = $this->getInternalModuleSignature();
291
-        $GLOBALS['TBE_MODULES_EXT']['vidi'][$internalModuleSignature] = $configuration;
292
-
293
-        // Core module registration.
294
-        // Register and displays module in the BE only if told, default is "true".
295
-        if ($this->isShown) {
296
-            $moduleConfiguration = [];
297
-            #$moduleConfiguration['routeTarget'] = \Fab\Vidi\Controller\ContentController::class . '::mainAction', // what to do here?
298
-            $moduleConfiguration['access'] = $this->getAccess();
299
-            $moduleConfiguration['labels'] = $this->getModuleLanguageFile();
300
-            $icon = $this->getIcon();
301
-            if ($icon) {
302
-                $moduleConfiguration['icon'] = $icon;
303
-            }
304
-
305
-            if ($this->showPageTree) {
306
-                $moduleConfiguration['navigationComponentId'] = 'TYPO3/CMS/Backend/PageTree/PageTreeElement';
307
-                $moduleConfiguration['inheritNavigationComponentFromMainModule'] = true;
308
-            } else {
309
-                $moduleConfiguration['inheritNavigationComponentFromMainModule'] = true;
310
-            }
311
-
312
-            ExtensionUtility::registerModule(
313
-                'Vidi',
314
-                $this->computeMainModule(),
315
-                $this->dataType . '_' . $this->moduleKey,
316
-                $this->position,
317
-                [
318
-                    ContentController::class => 'index, list, delete, update, edit, copy, move, localize, sort, copyClipboard, moveClipboard',
319
-                    ToolController::class => 'welcome, work',
320
-                    FacetController::class => 'autoSuggest, autoSuggests',
321
-                    SelectionController::class => 'edit, update, create, delete, list, show',
322
-                    UserPreferencesController::class => 'save',
323
-                    ClipboardController::class => 'save, flush, show',
324
-                ],
325
-                $moduleConfiguration
326
-            );
327
-        }
328
-        return $this;
329
-    }
330
-
331
-    /**
332
-     * Return the module code for a BE module.
333
-     *
334
-     * @return string
335
-     */
336
-    public function getSignature(): string
337
-    {
338
-        $signature = GeneralUtility::_GP(Parameter::MODULE);
339
-        $trimmedSignature = trim($signature, '/');
340
-        return str_replace(['/', 'module_'], ['_', ''], $trimmedSignature);
341
-    }
342
-
343
-    /**
344
-     * Returns the current pid.
345
-     *
346
-     * @return int
347
-     */
348
-    public function getCurrentPid(): int
349
-    {
350
-        return GeneralUtility::_GET(Parameter::PID) > 0 ? (int)GeneralUtility::_GET(Parameter::PID) : 0;
351
-    }
352
-
353
-    /**
354
-     * Return the module URL.
355
-     *
356
-     * @param array $additionalParameters
357
-     * @return string
358
-     */
359
-    public function getModuleUrl(array $additionalParameters = []): string
360
-    {
361
-        $moduleCode = $this->getSignature();
362
-
363
-        // And don't forget the pid!
364
-        if (GeneralUtility::_GET(Parameter::PID)) {
365
-            $additionalParameters[Parameter::PID] = GeneralUtility::_GET(Parameter::PID);
366
-        }
367
-
368
-        return BackendUtility::getModuleUrl($moduleCode, $additionalParameters);
369
-    }
370
-
371
-    /**
372
-     * Return the parameter prefix for a BE module.
373
-     *
374
-     * @return string
375
-     */
376
-    public function getParameterPrefix(): string
377
-    {
378
-        return 'tx_vidi_' . strtolower($this->getSignature());
379
-    }
380
-
381
-    /**
382
-     * Return a configuration key or the entire module configuration array if not key is given.
383
-     *
384
-     * @param string $key
385
-     * @return mixed
386
-     */
387
-    public function getModuleConfiguration($key = '')
388
-    {
389
-        $vidiModuleCode = $this->getSignature();
390
-
391
-        // Module code must exist
392
-        if (empty($GLOBALS['TBE_MODULES_EXT']['vidi'][$vidiModuleCode])) {
393
-            $message = sprintf('Invalid or not existing module code "%s"', $vidiModuleCode);
394
-            throw new InvalidKeyInArrayException($message, 1375092053);
395
-        }
396
-
397
-        $result = $GLOBALS['TBE_MODULES_EXT']['vidi'][$vidiModuleCode];
398
-
399
-        if (!empty($key)) {
400
-            if (isset($result[$key])) {
401
-                $result = $result[$key];
402
-            } else {
403
-                // key must exist
404
-                $message = sprintf('Invalid key configuration "%s"', $key);
405
-                throw new InvalidKeyInArrayException($message, 1375092054);
406
-            }
407
-        }
408
-        return $result;
409
-    }
410
-
411
-    /**
412
-     * @param string $icon
413
-     * @return $this
414
-     */
415
-    public function setIcon($icon): self
416
-    {
417
-        $this->icon = $icon;
418
-        return $this;
419
-    }
420
-
421
-    /**
422
-     * @return string
423
-     */
424
-    protected function getIcon(): string
425
-    {
426
-        $moduleConfiguration = $this->getExistingMainConfiguration();
427
-
428
-        if ($this->icon) {
429
-            $icon = $this->icon;
430
-        } else {
431
-            $icon = $moduleConfiguration['icon'] ?? '';
432
-        }
433
-
434
-        return $icon;
435
-    }
436
-
437
-    /**
438
-     * @param string $mainModule
439
-     * @return $this
440
-     */
441
-    public function setMainModule($mainModule): self
442
-    {
443
-        $this->mainModule = $mainModule;
444
-        return $this;
445
-    }
446
-
447
-    /**
448
-     * @return string
449
-     */
450
-    public function getMainModule(): string
451
-    {
452
-        if ($this->mainModule === null) {
453
-            $this->mainModule = $this->getModuleConfiguration('mainModule');
454
-        }
455
-        return $this->mainModule;
456
-    }
457
-
458
-    /**
459
-     * @param string $moduleLanguageFile
460
-     * @return $this
461
-     */
462
-    public function setModuleLanguageFile($moduleLanguageFile): self
463
-    {
464
-        $this->moduleLanguageFile = $moduleLanguageFile;
465
-        return $this;
466
-    }
467
-
468
-    /**
469
-     * @param string $component
470
-     * @return $this
471
-     */
472
-    public function removeComponentFromDocHeader(string $component): self
473
-    {
474
-        foreach ($this->components[ModulePosition::DOC_HEADER] as $verticalPosition => $docHeaders) {
475
-            foreach ($docHeaders as $horizontalPosition => $docHeader) {
476
-                $index = array_search($component, $docHeader, true);
477
-                if ($index !== false) {
478
-                    // $verticalPosition: top or bottom
479
-                    // $horizontalPosition: left or right
480
-                    unset($this->components[ModulePosition::DOC_HEADER][$verticalPosition][$horizontalPosition][$index]);
481
-                }
482
-            }
483
-        }
484
-        return $this;
485
-    }
486
-
487
-    /**
488
-     * @param bool $isPidIgnored
489
-     * @return $this
490
-     */
491
-    public function ignorePid(bool $isPidIgnored): self
492
-    {
493
-        $this->isPidIgnored = $isPidIgnored;
494
-        return $this;
495
-    }
496
-
497
-    /**
498
-     * @return bool
499
-     */
500
-    public function isPidIgnored(): bool
501
-    {
502
-        return $this->getModuleConfiguration('isPidIgnored');
503
-    }
504
-
505
-    /**
506
-     * @param string $component
507
-     * @return bool
508
-     */
509
-    public function hasComponentInDocHeader(string $component): bool
510
-    {
511
-        foreach ($this->getModuleConfiguration('components')[ModulePosition::DOC_HEADER] as $verticalPosition => $docHeaders) {
512
-            foreach ($docHeaders as $horizontalPosition => $docHeader) {
513
-                $index = array_search($component, $docHeader, true);
514
-                if ($index !== false) {
515
-                    return true;
516
-                }
517
-            }
518
-        }
519
-        return false;
520
-    }
521
-
522
-    /**
523
-     * @return string
524
-     */
525
-    protected function getModuleLanguageFile(): string
526
-    {
527
-        $moduleConfiguration = $this->getExistingMainConfiguration();
528
-
529
-        if ($this->moduleLanguageFile) {
530
-            $moduleLanguageFile = $this->moduleLanguageFile;
531
-        } elseif ($moduleConfiguration['labels']) { // existing configuration may override.
532
-            $moduleLanguageFile = $moduleConfiguration['labels'];
533
-        } else {
534
-            $moduleLanguageFile = ''; //default value.
535
-        }
536
-
537
-        return $moduleLanguageFile;
538
-    }
539
-
540
-    /**
541
-     * @param string $position
542
-     * @return $this
543
-     */
544
-    public function setPosition($position): self
545
-    {
546
-        $this->position = $position;
547
-        return $this;
548
-    }
549
-
550
-    /**
551
-     * @return string
552
-     */
553
-    public function getPosition(): string
554
-    {
555
-        return $this->position;
556
-    }
557
-
558
-    /**
559
-     * @param array $files
560
-     * @return $this
561
-     */
562
-    public function addJavaScriptFiles(array $files): self
563
-    {
564
-        foreach ($files as $file) {
565
-            $this->additionalJavaScriptFiles[] = $file;
566
-        }
567
-        return $this;
568
-    }
569
-
570
-    /**
571
-     * @param string $fileNameAndPath
572
-     * @return $this
573
-     */
574
-    public function addJavaScriptFile($fileNameAndPath): self
575
-    {
576
-        $this->additionalJavaScriptFiles[] = $fileNameAndPath;
577
-        return $this;
578
-    }
579
-
580
-    /**
581
-     * @param array $files
582
-     * @return $this
583
-     */
584
-    public function addStyleSheetFiles(array $files): self
585
-    {
586
-        foreach ($files as $file) {
587
-            $this->additionalStyleSheetFiles[] = $file;
588
-        }
589
-        return $this;
590
-    }
591
-
592
-    /**
593
-     * @param string $fileNameAndPath
594
-     * @return $this
595
-     */
596
-    public function addStyleSheetFile($fileNameAndPath): self
597
-    {
598
-        $this->additionalStyleSheetFiles[] = $fileNameAndPath;
599
-        return $this;
600
-    }
601
-
602
-    /**
603
-     * @return string
604
-     */
605
-    public function getDataType(): string
606
-    {
607
-        if ($this->dataType === null) {
608
-            $this->dataType = $this->getModuleConfiguration('dataType');
609
-        }
610
-        return $this->dataType;
611
-    }
612
-
613
-    /**
614
-     * @return array
615
-     */
616
-    public function getDataTypes(): array
617
-    {
618
-        $dataTypes = [];
619
-        foreach ($GLOBALS['TBE_MODULES_EXT']['vidi'] as $module) {
620
-            $dataTypes[] = $module['dataType'];
621
-        }
622
-        return $dataTypes;
623
-    }
624
-
625
-    /**
626
-     * @param string $dataType
627
-     * @return $this
628
-     */
629
-    public function setDataType($dataType): self
630
-    {
631
-        $this->dataType = $dataType;
632
-        return $this;
633
-    }
634
-
635
-    /**
636
-     * @return int
637
-     */
638
-    public function getDefaultPid(): int
639
-    {
640
-        if (empty($this->defaultPid)) {
641
-            $this->defaultPid = $this->getModuleConfiguration('defaultPid');
642
-        }
643
-        return (int)$this->defaultPid;
644
-    }
645
-
646
-    /**
647
-     * @param string $defaultPid
648
-     * @return $this
649
-     */
650
-    public function setDefaultPid($defaultPid): self
651
-    {
652
-        $this->defaultPid = $defaultPid;
653
-        return $this;
654
-    }
655
-
656
-    /**
657
-     * @param bool $isPageTreeShown
658
-     * @return $this
659
-     */
660
-    public function showPageTree($isPageTreeShown): self
661
-    {
662
-        $this->showPageTree = $isPageTreeShown;
663
-        return $this;
664
-    }
665
-
666
-    /**
667
-     * @param string $isShown
668
-     * @return $this
669
-     */
670
-    public function isShown($isShown): self
671
-    {
672
-        $this->isShown = $isShown;
673
-        return $this;
674
-    }
675
-
676
-    /**
677
-     * @return $array
678
-     */
679
-    public function getDocHeaderTopLeftComponents()
680
-    {
681
-        $configuration = $this->getModuleConfiguration();
682
-        return $configuration['components'][ModulePosition::DOC_HEADER][ModulePosition::TOP][ModulePosition::LEFT];
683
-    }
684
-
685
-    /**
686
-     * @param array $components
687
-     * @return $this
688
-     */
689
-    public function setDocHeaderTopLeftComponents(array $components): self
690
-    {
691
-        $this->components[ModulePosition::DOC_HEADER][ModulePosition::TOP][ModulePosition::LEFT] = $components;
692
-        return $this;
693
-    }
694
-
695
-    /**
696
-     * @param string|array $components
697
-     * @return $this
698
-     */
699
-    public function addDocHeaderTopLeftComponents($components): self
700
-    {
701
-        if (is_string($components)) {
702
-            $components = [$components];
703
-        }
704
-        $currentComponents = $this->components[ModulePosition::DOC_HEADER][ModulePosition::TOP][ModulePosition::LEFT];
705
-        $this->components[ModulePosition::DOC_HEADER][ModulePosition::TOP][ModulePosition::LEFT] = array_merge($currentComponents, $components);
706
-        return $this;
707
-    }
708
-
709
-    /**
710
-     * @return $array
711
-     */
712
-    public function getDocHeaderTopRightComponents()
713
-    {
714
-        $configuration = $this->getModuleConfiguration();
715
-        return $configuration['components'][ModulePosition::DOC_HEADER][ModulePosition::TOP][ModulePosition::RIGHT];
716
-    }
717
-
718
-    /**
719
-     * @param array $components
720
-     * @return $this
721
-     */
722
-    public function setDocHeaderTopRightComponents(array $components): self
723
-    {
724
-        $this->components[ModulePosition::DOC_HEADER][ModulePosition::TOP][ModulePosition::RIGHT] = $components;
725
-        return $this;
726
-    }
727
-
728
-    /**
729
-     * @param string|array $components
730
-     * @return $this
731
-     */
732
-    public function addDocHeaderTopRightComponents($components): self
733
-    {
734
-        if (is_string($components)) {
735
-            $components = [$components];
736
-        }
737
-        $currentComponents = $this->components[ModulePosition::DOC_HEADER][ModulePosition::TOP][ModulePosition::RIGHT];
738
-        $this->components[ModulePosition::DOC_HEADER][ModulePosition::TOP][ModulePosition::RIGHT] = array_merge($currentComponents, $components);
739
-        return $this;
740
-    }
741
-
742
-    /**
743
-     * @return $array
744
-     */
745
-    public function getDocHeaderBottomLeftComponents()
746
-    {
747
-        $configuration = $this->getModuleConfiguration();
748
-        return $configuration['components'][ModulePosition::DOC_HEADER][ModulePosition::BOTTOM][ModulePosition::LEFT];
749
-    }
750
-
751
-    /**
752
-     * @param array $components
753
-     * @return $this
754
-     */
755
-    public function setDocHeaderBottomLeftComponents(array $components): self
756
-    {
757
-        $this->components[ModulePosition::DOC_HEADER][ModulePosition::BOTTOM][ModulePosition::LEFT] = $components;
758
-        return $this;
759
-    }
760
-
761
-    /**
762
-     * @param string|array $components
763
-     * @return $this
764
-     */
765
-    public function addDocHeaderBottomLeftComponents($components): self
766
-    {
767
-        if (is_string($components)) {
768
-            $components = [$components];
769
-        }
770
-        $currentComponents = $this->components[ModulePosition::DOC_HEADER][ModulePosition::BOTTOM][ModulePosition::LEFT];
771
-        $this->components[ModulePosition::DOC_HEADER][ModulePosition::BOTTOM][ModulePosition::LEFT] = array_merge($currentComponents, $components);
772
-        return $this;
773
-    }
774
-
775
-    /**
776
-     * @return $array
777
-     */
778
-    public function getDocHeaderBottomRightComponents()
779
-    {
780
-        $configuration = $this->getModuleConfiguration();
781
-        return $configuration['components'][ModulePosition::DOC_HEADER][ModulePosition::BOTTOM][ModulePosition::RIGHT];
782
-    }
783
-
784
-    /**
785
-     * @param array $components
786
-     * @return $this
787
-     */
788
-    public function setDocHeaderBottomRightComponents(array $components): self
789
-    {
790
-        $this->components[ModulePosition::DOC_HEADER][ModulePosition::BOTTOM][ModulePosition::RIGHT] = $components;
791
-        return $this;
792
-    }
793
-
794
-    /**
795
-     * @param string|array $components
796
-     * @return $this
797
-     */
798
-    public function addDocHeaderBottomRightComponents($components): self
799
-    {
800
-        if (is_string($components)) {
801
-            $components = [$components];
802
-        }
803
-        $currentComponents = $this->components[ModulePosition::DOC_HEADER][ModulePosition::BOTTOM][ModulePosition::RIGHT];
804
-        $this->components[ModulePosition::DOC_HEADER][ModulePosition::BOTTOM][ModulePosition::RIGHT] = array_merge($currentComponents, $components);
805
-        return $this;
806
-    }
807
-
808
-    /**
809
-     * @return $array
810
-     */
811
-    public function getGridTopComponents()
812
-    {
813
-        $configuration = $this->getModuleConfiguration();
814
-        return $configuration['components'][ModulePosition::GRID][ModulePosition::TOP];
815
-    }
816
-
817
-    /**
818
-     * @param array $components
819
-     * @return $this
820
-     */
821
-    public function setGridTopComponents(array $components): self
822
-    {
823
-        $this->components[ModulePosition::GRID][ModulePosition::TOP] = $components;
824
-        return $this;
825
-    }
826
-
827
-    /**
828
-     * @param string|array $components
829
-     * @return $this
830
-     */
831
-    public function addGridTopComponents($components): self
832
-    {
833
-        if (is_string($components)) {
834
-            $components = [$components];
835
-        }
836
-        $currentComponents = $this->components[ModulePosition::GRID][ModulePosition::TOP];
837
-        $this->components[ModulePosition::GRID][ModulePosition::TOP] = array_merge($currentComponents, $components);
838
-        return $this;
839
-    }
840
-
841
-    /**
842
-     * @return mixed $array
843
-     */
844
-    public function getGridBottomComponents()
845
-    {
846
-        $configuration = $this->getModuleConfiguration();
847
-        return $configuration['components'][ModulePosition::GRID][ModulePosition::BOTTOM];
848
-    }
849
-
850
-    /**
851
-     * @param array $components
852
-     * @return $this
853
-     */
854
-    public function setGridBottomComponents(array $components): self
855
-    {
856
-        $this->components[ModulePosition::GRID][ModulePosition::BOTTOM] = $components;
857
-        return $this;
858
-    }
859
-
860
-    /**
861
-     * @param string|array $components
862
-     * @return $this
863
-     */
864
-    public function addGridBottomComponents($components): self
865
-    {
866
-        if (is_string($components)) {
867
-            $components = [$components];
868
-        }
869
-        $currentComponents = $this->components[ModulePosition::GRID][ModulePosition::BOTTOM];
870
-        $this->components[ModulePosition::GRID][ModulePosition::BOTTOM] = array_merge($currentComponents, $components);
871
-        return $this;
872
-    }
873
-
874
-    /**
875
-     * @return $array
876
-     */
877
-    public function getGridButtonsComponents()
878
-    {
879
-        $configuration = $this->getModuleConfiguration();
880
-        return $configuration['components'][ModulePosition::GRID][ModulePosition::BUTTONS];
881
-    }
882
-
883
-    /**
884
-     * @param array $components
885
-     * @return $this
886
-     */
887
-    public function setGridButtonsComponents(array $components): self
888
-    {
889
-        $this->components[ModulePosition::GRID][ModulePosition::BUTTONS] = $components;
890
-        return $this;
891
-    }
892
-
893
-    /**
894
-     * @param string|array $components
895
-     * @return $this
896
-     */
897
-    public function addGridButtonsComponents($components): self
898
-    {
899
-        if (is_string($components)) {
900
-            $components = [$components];
901
-        }
902
-        $currentComponents = $this->components[ModulePosition::GRID][ModulePosition::BUTTONS];
903
-        $this->components[ModulePosition::GRID][ModulePosition::BUTTONS] = array_merge($components, $currentComponents);
904
-        return $this;
905
-    }
906
-
907
-    /**
908
-     * @return $array
909
-     */
910
-    public function getMenuMassActionComponents()
911
-    {
912
-        $configuration = $this->getModuleConfiguration();
913
-        return $configuration['components'][ModulePosition::MENU_MASS_ACTION];
914
-    }
915
-
916
-    /**
917
-     * @param array $components
918
-     * @return $this
919
-     */
920
-    public function setMenuMassActionComponents(array $components): self
921
-    {
922
-        $this->components[ModulePosition::MENU_MASS_ACTION] = $components;
923
-        return $this;
924
-    }
925
-
926
-    /**
927
-     * @param string|array $components
928
-     * @return $this
929
-     */
930
-    public function addMenuMassActionComponents($components): self
931
-    {
932
-        if (is_string($components)) {
933
-            $components = [$components];
934
-        }
935
-        $currentComponents = $this->components[ModulePosition::MENU_MASS_ACTION];
936
-        $this->components[ModulePosition::MENU_MASS_ACTION] = array_merge($components, $currentComponents);
937
-        return $this;
938
-    }
939
-
940
-    /**
941
-     * @return string
942
-     */
943
-    protected function getAccess(): string
944
-    {
945
-        $moduleConfiguration = $this->getExistingMainConfiguration();
946
-
947
-        if ($this->access !== null) {
948
-            $access = $this->access;
949
-        } elseif (!empty($moduleConfiguration['access'])) { // existing configuration may override.
950
-            $access = $moduleConfiguration['access'];
951
-        } else {
952
-            $access = Access::USER; //default value.
953
-        }
954
-        return $access;
955
-    }
956
-
957
-    /**
958
-     * @param string $access
959
-     * @return $this
960
-     */
961
-    public function setAccess($access): self
962
-    {
963
-        $this->access = $access;
964
-        return $this;
965
-    }
966
-
967
-    /**
968
-     * @return \string[]
969
-     */
970
-    public function getAdditionalJavaScriptFiles(): array
971
-    {
972
-        if (empty($this->additionalJavaScriptFiles)) {
973
-            $this->additionalJavaScriptFiles = $this->getModuleConfiguration('additionalJavaScriptFiles');
974
-        }
975
-        return $this->additionalJavaScriptFiles;
976
-    }
977
-
978
-    /**
979
-     * @return \string[]
980
-     */
981
-    public function getAdditionalStyleSheetFiles(): array
982
-    {
983
-        if (empty($this->additionalStyleSheetFiles)) {
984
-            $this->additionalStyleSheetFiles = $this->getModuleConfiguration('additionalStyleSheetFiles');
985
-        }
986
-        return $this->additionalStyleSheetFiles;
987
-    }
988
-
989
-    /**
990
-     * @return array
991
-     */
992
-    public function getComponents(): array
993
-    {
994
-        return $this->components;
995
-    }
996
-
997
-    /**
998
-     * @param string $pluginName
999
-     * @return bool
1000
-     */
1001
-    public function hasPlugin($pluginName = ''): bool
1002
-    {
1003
-        $parameterPrefix = $this->getParameterPrefix();
1004
-        $parameters = GeneralUtility::_GET($parameterPrefix);
1005
-
1006
-        $hasPlugin = !empty($parameters['plugins']) && is_array($parameters['plugins']);
1007
-        if ($hasPlugin && $pluginName) {
1008
-            $hasPlugin = in_array($pluginName, $parameters['plugins']);
1009
-        }
1010
-        return $hasPlugin;
1011
-    }
1012
-
1013
-    /**
1014
-     * Compute the internal module code
1015
-     *
1016
-     * @param null|string $dataType
1017
-     * @return string
1018
-     */
1019
-    protected function getInternalModuleSignature($dataType = null): string
1020
-    {
1021
-        // Else we forge the module signature
1022
-        if ($dataType === null) {
1023
-            $dataType = $this->dataType;
1024
-        }
1025
-        $subModuleName = $dataType . '_' . $this->moduleKey;
1026
-
1027
-        $mainModule = $this->mainModule ?: self::DEFAULT_MAIN_MODULE;
1028
-        return $mainModule . '_Vidi' . GeneralUtility::underscoredToUpperCamelCase($subModuleName);
1029
-    }
38
+	/**
39
+	 * Define the default main module
40
+	 */
41
+	public const DEFAULT_MAIN_MODULE = 'content';
42
+
43
+	/**
44
+	 * Define the default pid
45
+	 */
46
+	public const DEFAULT_PID = 0;
47
+
48
+	/**
49
+	 * The type of data being listed (which corresponds to a table name in TCA)
50
+	 *
51
+	 * @var string
52
+	 */
53
+	protected $dataType;
54
+
55
+	/**
56
+	 * @var string
57
+	 */
58
+	protected $defaultPid;
59
+
60
+	/**
61
+	 * @var bool
62
+	 */
63
+	protected $isPidIgnored = false;
64
+
65
+	/**
66
+	 * @var bool
67
+	 */
68
+	protected $showPageTree = false;
69
+
70
+	/**
71
+	 * @var bool
72
+	 */
73
+	protected $isShown = true;
74
+
75
+	/**
76
+	 * @var string
77
+	 */
78
+	protected $access;
79
+
80
+	/**
81
+	 * @var string
82
+	 */
83
+	protected $mainModule;
84
+
85
+	/**
86
+	 * @var string
87
+	 */
88
+	protected $position = '';
89
+
90
+	/**
91
+	 * @var string
92
+	 */
93
+	protected $icon;
94
+
95
+	/**
96
+	 * @var string
97
+	 */
98
+	protected $moduleLanguageFile;
99
+
100
+	/**
101
+	 * The module key such as m1, m2.
102
+	 *
103
+	 * @var string
104
+	 */
105
+	protected $moduleKey = 'm1';
106
+
107
+	/**
108
+	 * @var string[]
109
+	 */
110
+	protected $additionalJavaScriptFiles = [];
111
+
112
+	/**
113
+	 * @var string[]
114
+	 */
115
+	protected $additionalStyleSheetFiles = [];
116
+
117
+	/**
118
+	 * @var array
119
+	 */
120
+	protected $components = [];
121
+
122
+	/**
123
+	 * @param string $dataType
124
+	 */
125
+	public function __construct($dataType = null)
126
+	{
127
+		$this->dataType = $dataType;
128
+
129
+		// Initialize components
130
+		$this->components = [
131
+			ModulePosition::DOC_HEADER => [
132
+				ModulePosition::TOP => [
133
+					ModulePosition::LEFT => [],
134
+					ModulePosition::RIGHT => [
135
+						ToolButton::class,
136
+					],
137
+				],
138
+				ModulePosition::BOTTOM => [
139
+					ModulePosition::LEFT => [
140
+						NewButton::class,
141
+						BackViewHelper::class,
142
+					],
143
+					ModulePosition::RIGHT => [],
144
+				],
145
+			],
146
+			ModulePosition::GRID => [
147
+				ModulePosition::TOP => [
148
+					RelationsCheck::class,
149
+					#\Fab\Vidi\View\Tab\DataTypeTab::class,
150
+				],
151
+				ModulePosition::BUTTONS => [
152
+					EditButton::class,
153
+					DeleteButton::class,
154
+				],
155
+				ModulePosition::BOTTOM => [],
156
+			],
157
+			ModulePosition::MENU_MASS_ACTION => [
158
+				ExportXlsMenuItem::class,
159
+				ExportXmlMenuItem::class,
160
+				ExportCsvMenuItem::class,
161
+				DividerMenuItem::class,
162
+				MassDeleteMenuItem::class,
163
+				#\Fab\Vidi\View\MenuItem\MassEditMenuItem::class,
164
+			],
165
+		];
166
+	}
167
+
168
+	/**
169
+	 * Tell whether a module is already registered.
170
+	 *
171
+	 * @param string $dataType
172
+	 * @return bool
173
+	 */
174
+	public function isRegistered($dataType): bool
175
+	{
176
+		$internalModuleSignature = $this->getInternalModuleSignature($dataType);
177
+		return !empty($GLOBALS['TBE_MODULES_EXT']['vidi'][$internalModuleSignature]);
178
+	}
179
+
180
+	/**
181
+	 * @return array
182
+	 */
183
+	protected function getExistingInternalConfiguration(): array
184
+	{
185
+		$internalModuleSignature = $this->getInternalModuleSignature();
186
+		return $GLOBALS['TBE_MODULES_EXT']['vidi'][$internalModuleSignature] ?? [];
187
+	}
188
+
189
+	/**
190
+	 * @return array
191
+	 */
192
+	protected function getExistingMainConfiguration(): array
193
+	{
194
+		$moduleSignature = $this->computeMainModule() . '_' . $this->getInternalModuleSignature();
195
+		return $GLOBALS['TBE_MODULES']['_configuration'][$moduleSignature] ?? [];
196
+	}
197
+
198
+	/**
199
+	 * @return string
200
+	 */
201
+	protected function computeMainModule(): string
202
+	{
203
+		$existingConfiguration = $this->getExistingInternalConfiguration();
204
+
205
+		if ($this->mainModule !== null) {
206
+			$mainModule = $this->mainModule;
207
+		} elseif (!empty($existingConfiguration['mainModule'])) { // existing configuration may override.
208
+			$mainModule = $existingConfiguration['mainModule'];
209
+		} else {
210
+			$mainModule = self::DEFAULT_MAIN_MODULE; //default value.
211
+		}
212
+		return $mainModule;
213
+	}
214
+
215
+	/**
216
+	 * @return string
217
+	 */
218
+	protected function computeDefaultPid(): string
219
+	{
220
+		$existingConfiguration = $this->getExistingInternalConfiguration();
221
+
222
+		if ($this->defaultPid !== null) {
223
+			$defaultPid = $this->defaultPid;
224
+		} elseif (!empty($existingConfiguration['defaultPid'])) { // existing configuration may override.
225
+			$defaultPid = $existingConfiguration['defaultPid'];
226
+		} else {
227
+			$defaultPid = self::DEFAULT_PID; //default value.
228
+		}
229
+		return $defaultPid;
230
+	}
231
+
232
+	/**
233
+	 * @return array
234
+	 */
235
+	protected function computeAdditionalJavaScriptFiles(): array
236
+	{
237
+		$additionalJavaScriptFiles = $this->additionalJavaScriptFiles;
238
+
239
+		// Possible merge of existing javascript files.
240
+		$existingConfiguration = $this->getExistingInternalConfiguration();
241
+		if (!empty($existingConfiguration['additionalJavaScriptFiles'])) {
242
+			$additionalJavaScriptFiles = array_merge($additionalJavaScriptFiles, $existingConfiguration['additionalJavaScriptFiles']);
243
+		}
244
+
245
+		return $additionalJavaScriptFiles;
246
+	}
247
+
248
+	/**
249
+	 * @return array
250
+	 */
251
+	protected function computeAdditionalStyleSheetFiles(): array
252
+	{
253
+		$additionalStyleSheetFiles = $this->additionalStyleSheetFiles;
254
+
255
+		// Possible merge of existing style sheets.
256
+		$existingConfiguration = $this->getExistingInternalConfiguration();
257
+		if (!empty($existingConfiguration['additionalStyleSheetFiles'])) {
258
+			$additionalStyleSheetFiles = array_merge($additionalStyleSheetFiles, $existingConfiguration['additionalStyleSheetFiles']);
259
+		}
260
+
261
+		return $additionalStyleSheetFiles;
262
+	}
263
+
264
+	/**
265
+	 * @return array
266
+	 */
267
+	protected function computeComponents(): array
268
+	{
269
+		// We override the config in any case. See if we need more than that.
270
+		return $this->components;
271
+	}
272
+
273
+	/**
274
+	 * Register the module in two places: core + vidi internal.
275
+	 *
276
+	 * @return $this
277
+	 */
278
+	public function register(): self
279
+	{
280
+		// Internal Vidi module registration.
281
+		$configuration = [];
282
+		$configuration['dataType'] = $this->dataType;
283
+		$configuration['mainModule'] = $this->computeMainModule();
284
+		$configuration['defaultPid'] = $this->computeDefaultPid();
285
+		$configuration['additionalJavaScriptFiles'] = $this->computeAdditionalJavaScriptFiles();
286
+		$configuration['additionalStyleSheetFiles'] = $this->computeAdditionalStyleSheetFiles();
287
+		$configuration['components'] = $this->computeComponents();
288
+		$configuration['isPidIgnored'] = $this->isPidIgnored;
289
+
290
+		$internalModuleSignature = $this->getInternalModuleSignature();
291
+		$GLOBALS['TBE_MODULES_EXT']['vidi'][$internalModuleSignature] = $configuration;
292
+
293
+		// Core module registration.
294
+		// Register and displays module in the BE only if told, default is "true".
295
+		if ($this->isShown) {
296
+			$moduleConfiguration = [];
297
+			#$moduleConfiguration['routeTarget'] = \Fab\Vidi\Controller\ContentController::class . '::mainAction', // what to do here?
298
+			$moduleConfiguration['access'] = $this->getAccess();
299
+			$moduleConfiguration['labels'] = $this->getModuleLanguageFile();
300
+			$icon = $this->getIcon();
301
+			if ($icon) {
302
+				$moduleConfiguration['icon'] = $icon;
303
+			}
304
+
305
+			if ($this->showPageTree) {
306
+				$moduleConfiguration['navigationComponentId'] = 'TYPO3/CMS/Backend/PageTree/PageTreeElement';
307
+				$moduleConfiguration['inheritNavigationComponentFromMainModule'] = true;
308
+			} else {
309
+				$moduleConfiguration['inheritNavigationComponentFromMainModule'] = true;
310
+			}
311
+
312
+			ExtensionUtility::registerModule(
313
+				'Vidi',
314
+				$this->computeMainModule(),
315
+				$this->dataType . '_' . $this->moduleKey,
316
+				$this->position,
317
+				[
318
+					ContentController::class => 'index, list, delete, update, edit, copy, move, localize, sort, copyClipboard, moveClipboard',
319
+					ToolController::class => 'welcome, work',
320
+					FacetController::class => 'autoSuggest, autoSuggests',
321
+					SelectionController::class => 'edit, update, create, delete, list, show',
322
+					UserPreferencesController::class => 'save',
323
+					ClipboardController::class => 'save, flush, show',
324
+				],
325
+				$moduleConfiguration
326
+			);
327
+		}
328
+		return $this;
329
+	}
330
+
331
+	/**
332
+	 * Return the module code for a BE module.
333
+	 *
334
+	 * @return string
335
+	 */
336
+	public function getSignature(): string
337
+	{
338
+		$signature = GeneralUtility::_GP(Parameter::MODULE);
339
+		$trimmedSignature = trim($signature, '/');
340
+		return str_replace(['/', 'module_'], ['_', ''], $trimmedSignature);
341
+	}
342
+
343
+	/**
344
+	 * Returns the current pid.
345
+	 *
346
+	 * @return int
347
+	 */
348
+	public function getCurrentPid(): int
349
+	{
350
+		return GeneralUtility::_GET(Parameter::PID) > 0 ? (int)GeneralUtility::_GET(Parameter::PID) : 0;
351
+	}
352
+
353
+	/**
354
+	 * Return the module URL.
355
+	 *
356
+	 * @param array $additionalParameters
357
+	 * @return string
358
+	 */
359
+	public function getModuleUrl(array $additionalParameters = []): string
360
+	{
361
+		$moduleCode = $this->getSignature();
362
+
363
+		// And don't forget the pid!
364
+		if (GeneralUtility::_GET(Parameter::PID)) {
365
+			$additionalParameters[Parameter::PID] = GeneralUtility::_GET(Parameter::PID);
366
+		}
367
+
368
+		return BackendUtility::getModuleUrl($moduleCode, $additionalParameters);
369
+	}
370
+
371
+	/**
372
+	 * Return the parameter prefix for a BE module.
373
+	 *
374
+	 * @return string
375
+	 */
376
+	public function getParameterPrefix(): string
377
+	{
378
+		return 'tx_vidi_' . strtolower($this->getSignature());
379
+	}
380
+
381
+	/**
382
+	 * Return a configuration key or the entire module configuration array if not key is given.
383
+	 *
384
+	 * @param string $key
385
+	 * @return mixed
386
+	 */
387
+	public function getModuleConfiguration($key = '')
388
+	{
389
+		$vidiModuleCode = $this->getSignature();
390
+
391
+		// Module code must exist
392
+		if (empty($GLOBALS['TBE_MODULES_EXT']['vidi'][$vidiModuleCode])) {
393
+			$message = sprintf('Invalid or not existing module code "%s"', $vidiModuleCode);
394
+			throw new InvalidKeyInArrayException($message, 1375092053);
395
+		}
396
+
397
+		$result = $GLOBALS['TBE_MODULES_EXT']['vidi'][$vidiModuleCode];
398
+
399
+		if (!empty($key)) {
400
+			if (isset($result[$key])) {
401
+				$result = $result[$key];
402
+			} else {
403
+				// key must exist
404
+				$message = sprintf('Invalid key configuration "%s"', $key);
405
+				throw new InvalidKeyInArrayException($message, 1375092054);
406
+			}
407
+		}
408
+		return $result;
409
+	}
410
+
411
+	/**
412
+	 * @param string $icon
413
+	 * @return $this
414
+	 */
415
+	public function setIcon($icon): self
416
+	{
417
+		$this->icon = $icon;
418
+		return $this;
419
+	}
420
+
421
+	/**
422
+	 * @return string
423
+	 */
424
+	protected function getIcon(): string
425
+	{
426
+		$moduleConfiguration = $this->getExistingMainConfiguration();
427
+
428
+		if ($this->icon) {
429
+			$icon = $this->icon;
430
+		} else {
431
+			$icon = $moduleConfiguration['icon'] ?? '';
432
+		}
433
+
434
+		return $icon;
435
+	}
436
+
437
+	/**
438
+	 * @param string $mainModule
439
+	 * @return $this
440
+	 */
441
+	public function setMainModule($mainModule): self
442
+	{
443
+		$this->mainModule = $mainModule;
444
+		return $this;
445
+	}
446
+
447
+	/**
448
+	 * @return string
449
+	 */
450
+	public function getMainModule(): string
451
+	{
452
+		if ($this->mainModule === null) {
453
+			$this->mainModule = $this->getModuleConfiguration('mainModule');
454
+		}
455
+		return $this->mainModule;
456
+	}
457
+
458
+	/**
459
+	 * @param string $moduleLanguageFile
460
+	 * @return $this
461
+	 */
462
+	public function setModuleLanguageFile($moduleLanguageFile): self
463
+	{
464
+		$this->moduleLanguageFile = $moduleLanguageFile;
465
+		return $this;
466
+	}
467
+
468
+	/**
469
+	 * @param string $component
470
+	 * @return $this
471
+	 */
472
+	public function removeComponentFromDocHeader(string $component): self
473
+	{
474
+		foreach ($this->components[ModulePosition::DOC_HEADER] as $verticalPosition => $docHeaders) {
475
+			foreach ($docHeaders as $horizontalPosition => $docHeader) {
476
+				$index = array_search($component, $docHeader, true);
477
+				if ($index !== false) {
478
+					// $verticalPosition: top or bottom
479
+					// $horizontalPosition: left or right
480
+					unset($this->components[ModulePosition::DOC_HEADER][$verticalPosition][$horizontalPosition][$index]);
481
+				}
482
+			}
483
+		}
484
+		return $this;
485
+	}
486
+
487
+	/**
488
+	 * @param bool $isPidIgnored
489
+	 * @return $this
490
+	 */
491
+	public function ignorePid(bool $isPidIgnored): self
492
+	{
493
+		$this->isPidIgnored = $isPidIgnored;
494
+		return $this;
495
+	}
496
+
497
+	/**
498
+	 * @return bool
499
+	 */
500
+	public function isPidIgnored(): bool
501
+	{
502
+		return $this->getModuleConfiguration('isPidIgnored');
503
+	}
504
+
505
+	/**
506
+	 * @param string $component
507
+	 * @return bool
508
+	 */
509
+	public function hasComponentInDocHeader(string $component): bool
510
+	{
511
+		foreach ($this->getModuleConfiguration('components')[ModulePosition::DOC_HEADER] as $verticalPosition => $docHeaders) {
512
+			foreach ($docHeaders as $horizontalPosition => $docHeader) {
513
+				$index = array_search($component, $docHeader, true);
514
+				if ($index !== false) {
515
+					return true;
516
+				}
517
+			}
518
+		}
519
+		return false;
520
+	}
521
+
522
+	/**
523
+	 * @return string
524
+	 */
525
+	protected function getModuleLanguageFile(): string
526
+	{
527
+		$moduleConfiguration = $this->getExistingMainConfiguration();
528
+
529
+		if ($this->moduleLanguageFile) {
530
+			$moduleLanguageFile = $this->moduleLanguageFile;
531
+		} elseif ($moduleConfiguration['labels']) { // existing configuration may override.
532
+			$moduleLanguageFile = $moduleConfiguration['labels'];
533
+		} else {
534
+			$moduleLanguageFile = ''; //default value.
535
+		}
536
+
537
+		return $moduleLanguageFile;
538
+	}
539
+
540
+	/**
541
+	 * @param string $position
542
+	 * @return $this
543
+	 */
544
+	public function setPosition($position): self
545
+	{
546
+		$this->position = $position;
547
+		return $this;
548
+	}
549
+
550
+	/**
551
+	 * @return string
552
+	 */
553
+	public function getPosition(): string
554
+	{
555
+		return $this->position;
556
+	}
557
+
558
+	/**
559
+	 * @param array $files
560
+	 * @return $this
561
+	 */
562
+	public function addJavaScriptFiles(array $files): self
563
+	{
564
+		foreach ($files as $file) {
565
+			$this->additionalJavaScriptFiles[] = $file;
566
+		}
567
+		return $this;
568
+	}
569
+
570
+	/**
571
+	 * @param string $fileNameAndPath
572
+	 * @return $this
573
+	 */
574
+	public function addJavaScriptFile($fileNameAndPath): self
575
+	{
576
+		$this->additionalJavaScriptFiles[] = $fileNameAndPath;
577
+		return $this;
578
+	}
579
+
580
+	/**
581
+	 * @param array $files
582
+	 * @return $this
583
+	 */
584
+	public function addStyleSheetFiles(array $files): self
585
+	{
586
+		foreach ($files as $file) {
587
+			$this->additionalStyleSheetFiles[] = $file;
588
+		}
589
+		return $this;
590
+	}
591
+
592
+	/**
593
+	 * @param string $fileNameAndPath
594
+	 * @return $this
595
+	 */
596
+	public function addStyleSheetFile($fileNameAndPath): self
597
+	{
598
+		$this->additionalStyleSheetFiles[] = $fileNameAndPath;
599
+		return $this;
600
+	}
601
+
602
+	/**
603
+	 * @return string
604
+	 */
605
+	public function getDataType(): string
606
+	{
607
+		if ($this->dataType === null) {
608
+			$this->dataType = $this->getModuleConfiguration('dataType');
609
+		}
610
+		return $this->dataType;
611
+	}
612
+
613
+	/**
614
+	 * @return array
615
+	 */
616
+	public function getDataTypes(): array
617
+	{
618
+		$dataTypes = [];
619
+		foreach ($GLOBALS['TBE_MODULES_EXT']['vidi'] as $module) {
620
+			$dataTypes[] = $module['dataType'];
621
+		}
622
+		return $dataTypes;
623
+	}
624
+
625
+	/**
626
+	 * @param string $dataType
627
+	 * @return $this
628
+	 */
629
+	public function setDataType($dataType): self
630
+	{
631
+		$this->dataType = $dataType;
632
+		return $this;
633
+	}
634
+
635
+	/**
636
+	 * @return int
637
+	 */
638
+	public function getDefaultPid(): int
639
+	{
640
+		if (empty($this->defaultPid)) {
641
+			$this->defaultPid = $this->getModuleConfiguration('defaultPid');
642
+		}
643
+		return (int)$this->defaultPid;
644
+	}
645
+
646
+	/**
647
+	 * @param string $defaultPid
648
+	 * @return $this
649
+	 */
650
+	public function setDefaultPid($defaultPid): self
651
+	{
652
+		$this->defaultPid = $defaultPid;
653
+		return $this;
654
+	}
655
+
656
+	/**
657
+	 * @param bool $isPageTreeShown
658
+	 * @return $this
659
+	 */
660
+	public function showPageTree($isPageTreeShown): self
661
+	{
662
+		$this->showPageTree = $isPageTreeShown;
663
+		return $this;
664
+	}
665
+
666
+	/**
667
+	 * @param string $isShown
668
+	 * @return $this
669
+	 */
670
+	public function isShown($isShown): self
671
+	{
672
+		$this->isShown = $isShown;
673
+		return $this;
674
+	}
675
+
676
+	/**
677
+	 * @return $array
678
+	 */
679
+	public function getDocHeaderTopLeftComponents()
680
+	{
681
+		$configuration = $this->getModuleConfiguration();
682
+		return $configuration['components'][ModulePosition::DOC_HEADER][ModulePosition::TOP][ModulePosition::LEFT];
683
+	}
684
+
685
+	/**
686
+	 * @param array $components
687
+	 * @return $this
688
+	 */
689
+	public function setDocHeaderTopLeftComponents(array $components): self
690
+	{
691
+		$this->components[ModulePosition::DOC_HEADER][ModulePosition::TOP][ModulePosition::LEFT] = $components;
692
+		return $this;
693
+	}
694
+
695
+	/**
696
+	 * @param string|array $components
697
+	 * @return $this
698
+	 */
699
+	public function addDocHeaderTopLeftComponents($components): self
700
+	{
701
+		if (is_string($components)) {
702
+			$components = [$components];
703
+		}
704
+		$currentComponents = $this->components[ModulePosition::DOC_HEADER][ModulePosition::TOP][ModulePosition::LEFT];
705
+		$this->components[ModulePosition::DOC_HEADER][ModulePosition::TOP][ModulePosition::LEFT] = array_merge($currentComponents, $components);
706
+		return $this;
707
+	}
708
+
709
+	/**
710
+	 * @return $array
711
+	 */
712
+	public function getDocHeaderTopRightComponents()
713
+	{
714
+		$configuration = $this->getModuleConfiguration();
715
+		return $configuration['components'][ModulePosition::DOC_HEADER][ModulePosition::TOP][ModulePosition::RIGHT];
716
+	}
717
+
718
+	/**
719
+	 * @param array $components
720
+	 * @return $this
721
+	 */
722
+	public function setDocHeaderTopRightComponents(array $components): self
723
+	{
724
+		$this->components[ModulePosition::DOC_HEADER][ModulePosition::TOP][ModulePosition::RIGHT] = $components;
725
+		return $this;
726
+	}
727
+
728
+	/**
729
+	 * @param string|array $components
730
+	 * @return $this
731
+	 */
732
+	public function addDocHeaderTopRightComponents($components): self
733
+	{
734
+		if (is_string($components)) {
735
+			$components = [$components];
736
+		}
737
+		$currentComponents = $this->components[ModulePosition::DOC_HEADER][ModulePosition::TOP][ModulePosition::RIGHT];
738
+		$this->components[ModulePosition::DOC_HEADER][ModulePosition::TOP][ModulePosition::RIGHT] = array_merge($currentComponents, $components);
739
+		return $this;
740
+	}
741
+
742
+	/**
743
+	 * @return $array
744
+	 */
745
+	public function getDocHeaderBottomLeftComponents()
746
+	{
747
+		$configuration = $this->getModuleConfiguration();
748
+		return $configuration['components'][ModulePosition::DOC_HEADER][ModulePosition::BOTTOM][ModulePosition::LEFT];
749
+	}
750
+
751
+	/**
752
+	 * @param array $components
753
+	 * @return $this
754
+	 */
755
+	public function setDocHeaderBottomLeftComponents(array $components): self
756
+	{
757
+		$this->components[ModulePosition::DOC_HEADER][ModulePosition::BOTTOM][ModulePosition::LEFT] = $components;
758
+		return $this;
759
+	}
760
+
761
+	/**
762
+	 * @param string|array $components
763
+	 * @return $this
764
+	 */
765
+	public function addDocHeaderBottomLeftComponents($components): self
766
+	{
767
+		if (is_string($components)) {
768
+			$components = [$components];
769
+		}
770
+		$currentComponents = $this->components[ModulePosition::DOC_HEADER][ModulePosition::BOTTOM][ModulePosition::LEFT];
771
+		$this->components[ModulePosition::DOC_HEADER][ModulePosition::BOTTOM][ModulePosition::LEFT] = array_merge($currentComponents, $components);
772
+		return $this;
773
+	}
774
+
775
+	/**
776
+	 * @return $array
777
+	 */
778
+	public function getDocHeaderBottomRightComponents()
779
+	{
780
+		$configuration = $this->getModuleConfiguration();
781
+		return $configuration['components'][ModulePosition::DOC_HEADER][ModulePosition::BOTTOM][ModulePosition::RIGHT];
782
+	}
783
+
784
+	/**
785
+	 * @param array $components
786
+	 * @return $this
787
+	 */
788
+	public function setDocHeaderBottomRightComponents(array $components): self
789
+	{
790
+		$this->components[ModulePosition::DOC_HEADER][ModulePosition::BOTTOM][ModulePosition::RIGHT] = $components;
791
+		return $this;
792
+	}
793
+
794
+	/**
795
+	 * @param string|array $components
796
+	 * @return $this
797
+	 */
798
+	public function addDocHeaderBottomRightComponents($components): self
799
+	{
800
+		if (is_string($components)) {
801
+			$components = [$components];
802
+		}
803
+		$currentComponents = $this->components[ModulePosition::DOC_HEADER][ModulePosition::BOTTOM][ModulePosition::RIGHT];
804
+		$this->components[ModulePosition::DOC_HEADER][ModulePosition::BOTTOM][ModulePosition::RIGHT] = array_merge($currentComponents, $components);
805
+		return $this;
806
+	}
807
+
808
+	/**
809
+	 * @return $array
810
+	 */
811
+	public function getGridTopComponents()
812
+	{
813
+		$configuration = $this->getModuleConfiguration();
814
+		return $configuration['components'][ModulePosition::GRID][ModulePosition::TOP];
815
+	}
816
+
817
+	/**
818
+	 * @param array $components
819
+	 * @return $this
820
+	 */
821
+	public function setGridTopComponents(array $components): self
822
+	{
823
+		$this->components[ModulePosition::GRID][ModulePosition::TOP] = $components;
824
+		return $this;
825
+	}
826
+
827
+	/**
828
+	 * @param string|array $components
829
+	 * @return $this
830
+	 */
831
+	public function addGridTopComponents($components): self
832
+	{
833
+		if (is_string($components)) {
834
+			$components = [$components];
835
+		}
836
+		$currentComponents = $this->components[ModulePosition::GRID][ModulePosition::TOP];
837
+		$this->components[ModulePosition::GRID][ModulePosition::TOP] = array_merge($currentComponents, $components);
838
+		return $this;
839
+	}
840
+
841
+	/**
842
+	 * @return mixed $array
843
+	 */
844
+	public function getGridBottomComponents()
845
+	{
846
+		$configuration = $this->getModuleConfiguration();
847
+		return $configuration['components'][ModulePosition::GRID][ModulePosition::BOTTOM];
848
+	}
849
+
850
+	/**
851
+	 * @param array $components
852
+	 * @return $this
853
+	 */
854
+	public function setGridBottomComponents(array $components): self
855
+	{
856
+		$this->components[ModulePosition::GRID][ModulePosition::BOTTOM] = $components;
857
+		return $this;
858
+	}
859
+
860
+	/**
861
+	 * @param string|array $components
862
+	 * @return $this
863
+	 */
864
+	public function addGridBottomComponents($components): self
865
+	{
866
+		if (is_string($components)) {
867
+			$components = [$components];
868
+		}
869
+		$currentComponents = $this->components[ModulePosition::GRID][ModulePosition::BOTTOM];
870
+		$this->components[ModulePosition::GRID][ModulePosition::BOTTOM] = array_merge($currentComponents, $components);
871
+		return $this;
872
+	}
873
+
874
+	/**
875
+	 * @return $array
876
+	 */
877
+	public function getGridButtonsComponents()
878
+	{
879
+		$configuration = $this->getModuleConfiguration();
880
+		return $configuration['components'][ModulePosition::GRID][ModulePosition::BUTTONS];
881
+	}
882
+
883
+	/**
884
+	 * @param array $components
885
+	 * @return $this
886
+	 */
887
+	public function setGridButtonsComponents(array $components): self
888
+	{
889
+		$this->components[ModulePosition::GRID][ModulePosition::BUTTONS] = $components;
890
+		return $this;
891
+	}
892
+
893
+	/**
894
+	 * @param string|array $components
895
+	 * @return $this
896
+	 */
897
+	public function addGridButtonsComponents($components): self
898
+	{
899
+		if (is_string($components)) {
900
+			$components = [$components];
901
+		}
902
+		$currentComponents = $this->components[ModulePosition::GRID][ModulePosition::BUTTONS];
903
+		$this->components[ModulePosition::GRID][ModulePosition::BUTTONS] = array_merge($components, $currentComponents);
904
+		return $this;
905
+	}
906
+
907
+	/**
908
+	 * @return $array
909
+	 */
910
+	public function getMenuMassActionComponents()
911
+	{
912
+		$configuration = $this->getModuleConfiguration();
913
+		return $configuration['components'][ModulePosition::MENU_MASS_ACTION];
914
+	}
915
+
916
+	/**
917
+	 * @param array $components
918
+	 * @return $this
919
+	 */
920
+	public function setMenuMassActionComponents(array $components): self
921
+	{
922
+		$this->components[ModulePosition::MENU_MASS_ACTION] = $components;
923
+		return $this;
924
+	}
925
+
926
+	/**
927
+	 * @param string|array $components
928
+	 * @return $this
929
+	 */
930
+	public function addMenuMassActionComponents($components): self
931
+	{
932
+		if (is_string($components)) {
933
+			$components = [$components];
934
+		}
935
+		$currentComponents = $this->components[ModulePosition::MENU_MASS_ACTION];
936
+		$this->components[ModulePosition::MENU_MASS_ACTION] = array_merge($components, $currentComponents);
937
+		return $this;
938
+	}
939
+
940
+	/**
941
+	 * @return string
942
+	 */
943
+	protected function getAccess(): string
944
+	{
945
+		$moduleConfiguration = $this->getExistingMainConfiguration();
946
+
947
+		if ($this->access !== null) {
948
+			$access = $this->access;
949
+		} elseif (!empty($moduleConfiguration['access'])) { // existing configuration may override.
950
+			$access = $moduleConfiguration['access'];
951
+		} else {
952
+			$access = Access::USER; //default value.
953
+		}
954
+		return $access;
955
+	}
956
+
957
+	/**
958
+	 * @param string $access
959
+	 * @return $this
960
+	 */
961
+	public function setAccess($access): self
962
+	{
963
+		$this->access = $access;
964
+		return $this;
965
+	}
966
+
967
+	/**
968
+	 * @return \string[]
969
+	 */
970
+	public function getAdditionalJavaScriptFiles(): array
971
+	{
972
+		if (empty($this->additionalJavaScriptFiles)) {
973
+			$this->additionalJavaScriptFiles = $this->getModuleConfiguration('additionalJavaScriptFiles');
974
+		}
975
+		return $this->additionalJavaScriptFiles;
976
+	}
977
+
978
+	/**
979
+	 * @return \string[]
980
+	 */
981
+	public function getAdditionalStyleSheetFiles(): array
982
+	{
983
+		if (empty($this->additionalStyleSheetFiles)) {
984
+			$this->additionalStyleSheetFiles = $this->getModuleConfiguration('additionalStyleSheetFiles');
985
+		}
986
+		return $this->additionalStyleSheetFiles;
987
+	}
988
+
989
+	/**
990
+	 * @return array
991
+	 */
992
+	public function getComponents(): array
993
+	{
994
+		return $this->components;
995
+	}
996
+
997
+	/**
998
+	 * @param string $pluginName
999
+	 * @return bool
1000
+	 */
1001
+	public function hasPlugin($pluginName = ''): bool
1002
+	{
1003
+		$parameterPrefix = $this->getParameterPrefix();
1004
+		$parameters = GeneralUtility::_GET($parameterPrefix);
1005
+
1006
+		$hasPlugin = !empty($parameters['plugins']) && is_array($parameters['plugins']);
1007
+		if ($hasPlugin && $pluginName) {
1008
+			$hasPlugin = in_array($pluginName, $parameters['plugins']);
1009
+		}
1010
+		return $hasPlugin;
1011
+	}
1012
+
1013
+	/**
1014
+	 * Compute the internal module code
1015
+	 *
1016
+	 * @param null|string $dataType
1017
+	 * @return string
1018
+	 */
1019
+	protected function getInternalModuleSignature($dataType = null): string
1020
+	{
1021
+		// Else we forge the module signature
1022
+		if ($dataType === null) {
1023
+			$dataType = $this->dataType;
1024
+		}
1025
+		$subModuleName = $dataType . '_' . $this->moduleKey;
1026
+
1027
+		$mainModule = $this->mainModule ?: self::DEFAULT_MAIN_MODULE;
1028
+		return $mainModule . '_Vidi' . GeneralUtility::underscoredToUpperCamelCase($subModuleName);
1029
+	}
1030 1030
 }
Please login to merge, or discard this patch.
Classes/Grid/VisibilityRenderer.php 2 patches
Spacing   +1 added lines, -1 removed lines patch added patch discarded remove patch
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
 block discarded – undo
44 44
                 ->setDataAttributes([
45 45
                     'toggle' => 'tooltip',
46 46
                 ])
47
-                ->setTitle($this->getLabelService()->sL('LLL:EXT:core/Resources/Private/Language/locallang_mod_web_list.xlf:' . $label))
47
+                ->setTitle($this->getLabelService()->sL('LLL:EXT:core/Resources/Private/Language/locallang_mod_web_list.xlf:'.$label))
48 48
                 ->setIcon($this->getIconFactory()->getIcon($spriteName, Icon::SIZE_SMALL))
49 49
                 ->render();
50 50
         }
Please login to merge, or discard this patch.
Indentation   +66 added lines, -66 removed lines patch added patch discarded remove patch
@@ -21,80 +21,80 @@
 block discarded – undo
21 21
  */
22 22
 class VisibilityRenderer extends ColumnRendererAbstract
23 23
 {
24
-    /**
25
-     * Render visibility for the Grid.
26
-     *
27
-     * @return string
28
-     */
29
-    public function render()
30
-    {
31
-        $output = '';
32
-        $hiddenField = Tca::table()->getHiddenField();
24
+	/**
25
+	 * Render visibility for the Grid.
26
+	 *
27
+	 * @return string
28
+	 */
29
+	public function render()
30
+	{
31
+		$output = '';
32
+		$hiddenField = Tca::table()->getHiddenField();
33 33
 
34
-        if ($hiddenField) {
35
-            $spriteName = $this->object[$hiddenField] ? 'actions-edit-unhide' : 'actions-edit-hide';
34
+		if ($hiddenField) {
35
+			$spriteName = $this->object[$hiddenField] ? 'actions-edit-unhide' : 'actions-edit-hide';
36 36
 
37
-            $label = $this->object[$hiddenField] ? 'unHide' : 'hide';
37
+			$label = $this->object[$hiddenField] ? 'unHide' : 'hide';
38 38
 
39
-            $output = $this->makeLinkButton()
40
-                ->setHref($this->getEditUri($this->object))
41
-                ->setClasses('btn-visibility-toggle')
42
-                ->setDataAttributes([
43
-                    'toggle' => 'tooltip',
44
-                ])
45
-                ->setTitle($this->getLabelService()->sL('LLL:EXT:core/Resources/Private/Language/locallang_mod_web_list.xlf:' . $label))
46
-                ->setIcon($this->getIconFactory()->getIcon($spriteName, Icon::SIZE_SMALL))
47
-                ->render();
48
-        }
49
-        return $output;
50
-    }
39
+			$output = $this->makeLinkButton()
40
+				->setHref($this->getEditUri($this->object))
41
+				->setClasses('btn-visibility-toggle')
42
+				->setDataAttributes([
43
+					'toggle' => 'tooltip',
44
+				])
45
+				->setTitle($this->getLabelService()->sL('LLL:EXT:core/Resources/Private/Language/locallang_mod_web_list.xlf:' . $label))
46
+				->setIcon($this->getIconFactory()->getIcon($spriteName, Icon::SIZE_SMALL))
47
+				->render();
48
+		}
49
+		return $output;
50
+	}
51 51
 
52
-    /**
53
-     * @param Content $object
54
-     * @return string
55
-     */
56
-    protected function getEditUri(Content $object)
57
-    {
58
-        $hiddenField = Tca::table()->getHiddenField();
52
+	/**
53
+	 * @param Content $object
54
+	 * @return string
55
+	 */
56
+	protected function getEditUri(Content $object)
57
+	{
58
+		$hiddenField = Tca::table()->getHiddenField();
59 59
 
60
-        $additionalParameters = array(
61
-            $this->getModuleLoader()->getParameterPrefix() => [
62
-                'controller' => 'Content',
63
-                'action' => 'update',
64
-                'format' => 'json',
65
-                'fieldNameAndPath' => Tca::table()->getHiddenField(),
66
-                'matches' => [
67
-                    'uid' => $object->getUid(),
68
-                ],
69
-                'content' => [$hiddenField => (int)!$this->object[$hiddenField]],
70
-            ],
71
-        );
60
+		$additionalParameters = array(
61
+			$this->getModuleLoader()->getParameterPrefix() => [
62
+				'controller' => 'Content',
63
+				'action' => 'update',
64
+				'format' => 'json',
65
+				'fieldNameAndPath' => Tca::table()->getHiddenField(),
66
+				'matches' => [
67
+					'uid' => $object->getUid(),
68
+				],
69
+				'content' => [$hiddenField => (int)!$this->object[$hiddenField]],
70
+			],
71
+		);
72 72
 
73
-        return $this->getModuleLoader()->getModuleUrl($additionalParameters);
74
-    }
73
+		return $this->getModuleLoader()->getModuleUrl($additionalParameters);
74
+	}
75 75
 
76
-    /**
77
-     * @return LinkButton
78
-     */
79
-    protected function makeLinkButton()
80
-    {
81
-        return GeneralUtility::makeInstance(LinkButton::class);
82
-    }
76
+	/**
77
+	 * @return LinkButton
78
+	 */
79
+	protected function makeLinkButton()
80
+	{
81
+		return GeneralUtility::makeInstance(LinkButton::class);
82
+	}
83 83
 
84 84
 
85
-    /**
86
-     * @return IconFactory
87
-     */
88
-    protected function getIconFactory()
89
-    {
90
-        return GeneralUtility::makeInstance(IconFactory::class);
91
-    }
85
+	/**
86
+	 * @return IconFactory
87
+	 */
88
+	protected function getIconFactory()
89
+	{
90
+		return GeneralUtility::makeInstance(IconFactory::class);
91
+	}
92 92
 
93
-    /**
94
-     * @return LanguageService
95
-     */
96
-    protected function getLabelService()
97
-    {
98
-        return $GLOBALS['LANG'];
99
-    }
93
+	/**
94
+	 * @return LanguageService
95
+	 */
96
+	protected function getLabelService()
97
+	{
98
+		return $GLOBALS['LANG'];
99
+	}
100 100
 }
Please login to merge, or discard this patch.
Classes/Tca/GridService.php 2 patches
Spacing   +3 added lines, -3 removed lines patch added patch discarded remove patch
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@  discard block
 block discarded – undo
69 69
         $this->tableName = $tableName;
70 70
 
71 71
         if (empty($GLOBALS['TCA'][$this->tableName])) {
72
-            throw new InvalidKeyInArrayException('No TCA existence for table name: ' . $this->tableName, 1356945108);
72
+            throw new InvalidKeyInArrayException('No TCA existence for table name: '.$this->tableName, 1356945108);
73 73
         }
74 74
 
75 75
         $this->tca = $GLOBALS['TCA'][$this->tableName]['grid'] ?? [];
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@  discard block
 block discarded – undo
171 171
     {
172 172
         $fields = array_keys($this->getFields());
173 173
         if (empty($fields[$position])) {
174
-            throw new InvalidKeyInArrayException('No field exist for position: ' . $position, 1356945119);
174
+            throw new InvalidKeyInArrayException('No field exist for position: '.$position, 1356945119);
175 175
         }
176 176
 
177 177
         return (string)$fields[$position];
@@ -687,7 +687,7 @@  discard block
 block discarded – undo
687 687
         $facet = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(StandardFacet::class, $facetName, $label);
688 688
 
689 689
         if (!$facet instanceof StandardFacet) {
690
-            throw new \RuntimeException('I could not instantiate a facet for facet name "' . $facetName . '""', 1445856345);
690
+            throw new \RuntimeException('I could not instantiate a facet for facet name "'.$facetName.'""', 1445856345);
691 691
         }
692 692
         return $facet;
693 693
     }
Please login to merge, or discard this patch.
Indentation   +691 added lines, -691 removed lines patch added patch discarded remove patch
@@ -23,695 +23,695 @@
 block discarded – undo
23 23
  */
24 24
 class GridService extends AbstractTca
25 25
 {
26
-    /**
27
-     * @var array
28
-     */
29
-    protected $tca;
30
-
31
-    /**
32
-     * @var string
33
-     */
34
-    protected $tableName;
35
-
36
-    /**
37
-     * All fields available in the Grid.
38
-     *
39
-     * @var array
40
-     */
41
-    protected $fields;
42
-
43
-    /**
44
-     * All fields regardless whether they have been excluded or not.
45
-     *
46
-     * @var array
47
-     */
48
-    protected $allFields;
49
-
50
-    /**
51
-     * @var array
52
-     */
53
-    protected $instances;
54
-
55
-    /**
56
-     * @var array
57
-     */
58
-    protected $facets;
59
-
60
-    /**
61
-     * __construct
62
-     *
63
-     * @param string $tableName
64
-     */
65
-    public function __construct($tableName)
66
-    {
67
-        $this->tableName = $tableName;
68
-
69
-        if (empty($GLOBALS['TCA'][$this->tableName])) {
70
-            throw new InvalidKeyInArrayException('No TCA existence for table name: ' . $this->tableName, 1356945108);
71
-        }
72
-
73
-        $this->tca = $GLOBALS['TCA'][$this->tableName]['grid'] ?? [];
74
-    }
75
-
76
-    /**
77
-     * Returns an array containing column names.
78
-     *
79
-     * @return array
80
-     */
81
-    public function getFieldNames(): array
82
-    {
83
-        $fields = $this->getFields();
84
-        return array_keys($fields) ?: [];
85
-    }
86
-
87
-    /**
88
-     * Returns an array containing column names.
89
-     *
90
-     * @return array
91
-     */
92
-    public function getAllFieldNames(): array
93
-    {
94
-        $allFields = $this->getAllFields();
95
-        return array_keys($allFields);
96
-    }
97
-
98
-    /**
99
-     * Get the label key.
100
-     *
101
-     * @param string $fieldNameAndPath
102
-     * @return string
103
-     */
104
-    public function getLabelKey($fieldNameAndPath): string
105
-    {
106
-        $field = $this->getField($fieldNameAndPath);
107
-
108
-        // First option is to get the label from the Grid TCA.
109
-        $rawLabel = '';
110
-        if (isset($field['label'])) {
111
-            $rawLabel = $field['label'];
112
-        }
113
-
114
-        // Second option is to fetch the label from the Column Renderer object.
115
-        if (!$rawLabel && $this->hasRenderers($fieldNameAndPath)) {
116
-            $renderers = $this->getRenderers($fieldNameAndPath);
117
-            /** @var $renderer ColumnRendererInterface */
118
-            foreach ($renderers as $renderer) {
119
-                if (isset($renderer['label'])) {
120
-                    $rawLabel = $renderer['label'];
121
-                    break;
122
-                }
123
-            }
124
-        }
125
-        return $rawLabel;
126
-    }
127
-
128
-    /**
129
-     * Get the translation of a label given a column name.
130
-     *
131
-     * @param string $fieldNameAndPath
132
-     * @return string
133
-     */
134
-    public function getLabel($fieldNameAndPath)
135
-    {
136
-        $label = '';
137
-        if ($this->hasLabel($fieldNameAndPath)) {
138
-            $labelKey = $this->getLabelKey($fieldNameAndPath);
139
-            try {
140
-                $label = $this->getLanguageService()->sL($labelKey);
141
-            } catch (\InvalidArgumentException $e) {
142
-            }
143
-            if (empty($label)) {
144
-                $label = $labelKey;
145
-            }
146
-        } else {
147
-            // Important to notice the label can contains a path, e.g. metadata.categories and must be resolved.
148
-            $dataType = $this->getFieldPathResolver()->getDataType($fieldNameAndPath, $this->tableName);
149
-            $fieldName = $this->getFieldPathResolver()->stripFieldPath($fieldNameAndPath, $this->tableName);
150
-            $table = Tca::table($dataType);
151
-
152
-            if ($table->hasField($fieldName) && $table->field($fieldName)->hasLabel()) {
153
-                $label = $table->field($fieldName)->getLabel();
154
-            }
155
-        }
156
-
157
-        return $label;
158
-    }
159
-
160
-    /**
161
-     * Returns the field name given its position.
162
-     *
163
-     * @param string $position the position of the field in the grid
164
-     * @return string
165
-     */
166
-    public function getFieldNameByPosition($position): string
167
-    {
168
-        $fields = array_keys($this->getFields());
169
-        if (empty($fields[$position])) {
170
-            throw new InvalidKeyInArrayException('No field exist for position: ' . $position, 1356945119);
171
-        }
172
-
173
-        return (string)$fields[$position];
174
-    }
175
-
176
-    /**
177
-     * Returns a field name.
178
-     *
179
-     * @param string $fieldName
180
-     * @return array
181
-     */
182
-    public function getField($fieldName): array
183
-    {
184
-        $fields = $this->getFields();
185
-        return $fields[$fieldName] ?: [];
186
-    }
187
-
188
-    /**
189
-     * Returns an array containing column names for the Grid.
190
-     *
191
-     * @return array
192
-     */
193
-    public function getFields(): array
194
-    {
195
-        // Cache this operation since it can take some time.
196
-        if ($this->fields === null) {
197
-            // Fetch all available fields first.
198
-            $fields = $this->getAllFields();
199
-
200
-            if ($this->isBackendMode()) {
201
-                // Then remove the not allowed.
202
-                $fields = $this->filterByIncludedFields($fields);
203
-                $fields = $this->filterByBackendUser($fields);
204
-                $fields = $this->filterByExcludedFields($fields);
205
-            }
206
-
207
-            $this->fields = $fields;
208
-        }
209
-
210
-        return $this->fields;
211
-    }
212
-
213
-    /**
214
-     * Remove fields according to Grid configuration.
215
-     *
216
-     * @param $fields
217
-     * @return array
218
-     */
219
-    protected function filterByIncludedFields($fields): array
220
-    {
221
-        $filteredFields = $fields;
222
-        $includedFields = $this->getIncludedFields();
223
-        if (count($includedFields) > 0) {
224
-            $filteredFields = [];
225
-            foreach ($fields as $fieldNameAndPath => $configuration) {
226
-                if (in_array($fieldNameAndPath, $includedFields, true) || !Tca::table($this->tableName)->hasField($fieldNameAndPath)) {
227
-                    $filteredFields[$fieldNameAndPath] = $configuration;
228
-                }
229
-            }
230
-        }
231
-        return $filteredFields;
232
-    }
233
-
234
-    /**
235
-     * Remove fields according to BE User permission.
236
-     *
237
-     * @param $fields
238
-     * @return array
239
-     */
240
-    protected function filterByBackendUser($fields): array
241
-    {
242
-        if (!$this->getBackendUser()->isAdmin()) {
243
-            foreach ($fields as $fieldName => $field) {
244
-                if (Tca::table($this->tableName)->hasField($fieldName) && !Tca::table($this->tableName)->field($fieldName)->hasAccess()) {
245
-                    unset($fields[$fieldName]);
246
-                }
247
-            }
248
-        }
249
-        return $fields;
250
-    }
251
-
252
-    /**
253
-     * Remove fields according to Grid configuration.
254
-     *
255
-     * @param $fields
256
-     * @return array
257
-     */
258
-    protected function filterByExcludedFields($fields): array
259
-    {
260
-        // Unset excluded fields.
261
-        foreach ($this->getExcludedFields() as $excludedField) {
262
-            if (isset($fields[$excludedField])) {
263
-                unset($fields[$excludedField]);
264
-            }
265
-        }
266
-
267
-        return $fields;
268
-    }
269
-
270
-    /**
271
-     * Returns an array containing column names for the Grid.
272
-     *
273
-     * @return array
274
-     */
275
-    public function getAllFields(): array
276
-    {
277
-        // Cache this operation since it can take some time.
278
-        if ($this->allFields === null) {
279
-            $fields = isset($this->tca['columns']) && is_array($this->tca['columns']) ? $this->tca['columns'] : [];
280
-            $gridFieldNames = array_keys($fields);
281
-
282
-            // Fetch all fields of the TCA and merge it back to the fields configured for Grid.
283
-            $tableFieldNames = Tca::table($this->tableName)->getFields();
284
-
285
-            // Just remove system fields from the Grid.
286
-            foreach ($tableFieldNames as $key => $fieldName) {
287
-                if (in_array($fieldName, Tca::getSystemFields())) {
288
-                    unset($tableFieldNames[$key]);
289
-                }
290
-            }
291
-
292
-            $additionalFields = array_diff($tableFieldNames, $gridFieldNames);
293
-
294
-            if (!empty($additionalFields)) {
295
-                // Pop out last element of the key
296
-                // Idea is to place new un-configured columns in between. By default, they will be hidden.
297
-                end($fields);
298
-                $lastColumnKey = key($fields);
299
-                $lastColumn = array_pop($fields);
300
-
301
-                // Feed up the grid fields with un configured elements
302
-                foreach ($additionalFields as $additionalField) {
303
-                    $fields[$additionalField] = array(
304
-                        'visible' => false
305
-                    );
306
-
307
-                    // Try to guess the format of the field.
308
-                    $fieldType = Tca::table($this->tableName)->field($additionalField)->getType();
309
-                    if ($fieldType === FieldType::DATE) {
310
-                        $fields[$additionalField]['format'] = 'Fab\Vidi\Formatter\Date';
311
-                    } elseif ($fieldType === FieldType::DATETIME) {
312
-                        $fields[$additionalField]['format'] = 'Fab\Vidi\Formatter\Datetime';
313
-                    }
314
-                }
315
-                $fields[$lastColumnKey] = $lastColumn;
316
-            }
317
-
318
-            $this->allFields = $fields;
319
-        }
320
-
321
-        return $this->allFields;
322
-    }
323
-
324
-    /**
325
-     * Tell whether the field exists in the grid or not.
326
-     *
327
-     * @param string $fieldName
328
-     * @return bool
329
-     */
330
-    public function hasField($fieldName): bool
331
-    {
332
-        $fields = $this->getFields();
333
-        return isset($fields[$fieldName]);
334
-    }
335
-
336
-    /**
337
-     * Tell whether the facet exists in the grid or not.
338
-     *
339
-     * @param string $facetName
340
-     * @return bool
341
-     */
342
-    public function hasFacet($facetName): bool
343
-    {
344
-        $facets = $this->getFacets();
345
-        return isset($facets[$facetName]);
346
-    }
347
-
348
-    /**
349
-     * Returns an array containing facets fields.
350
-     *
351
-     * @return FacetInterface[]
352
-     */
353
-    public function getFacets(): array
354
-    {
355
-        if ($this->facets === null) {
356
-            $this->facets = [];
357
-
358
-            if (is_array($this->tca['facets'])) {
359
-                foreach ($this->tca['facets'] as $key => $facetNameOrArray) {
360
-                    if (is_array($facetNameOrArray)) {
361
-                        $name = $facetNameOrArray['name'] ?? '';
362
-
363
-                        $label = isset($facetNameOrArray['label'])
364
-                            ? $this->getLanguageService()->sL($facetNameOrArray['label'])
365
-                            : '';
366
-
367
-                        $suggestions = $facetNameOrArray['suggestions'] ?? [];
368
-                        $configuration = $facetNameOrArray['configuration'] ?? [];
369
-
370
-                        /** @var FacetInterface $facetObject */
371
-                        $facetObject = GeneralUtility::makeInstance($key, $name, $label, $suggestions, $configuration);
372
-                        $this->facets[$facetObject->getName()] = $facetObject;
373
-                    } else {
374
-                        $this->facets[$facetNameOrArray] = $this->instantiateStandardFacet($facetNameOrArray);
375
-                    }
376
-                }
377
-            }
378
-        }
379
-        return $this->facets;
380
-    }
381
-
382
-    /**
383
-     * Returns the "sortable" value of the column.
384
-     *
385
-     * @param string $fieldName
386
-     * @return int|string
387
-     */
388
-    public function isSortable($fieldName)
389
-    {
390
-        $defaultValue = true;
391
-        $hasSortableField = Tca::table($this->tableName)->hasSortableField();
392
-        if ($hasSortableField) {
393
-            $isSortable = false;
394
-        } else {
395
-            $isSortable = $this->get($fieldName, 'sortable', $defaultValue);
396
-        }
397
-        return $isSortable;
398
-    }
399
-
400
-    /**
401
-     * Returns the "canBeHidden" value of the column.
402
-     *
403
-     * @param string $fieldName
404
-     * @return bool
405
-     */
406
-    public function canBeHidden($fieldName): bool
407
-    {
408
-        $defaultValue = true;
409
-        return $this->get($fieldName, 'canBeHidden', $defaultValue);
410
-    }
411
-
412
-    /**
413
-     * Returns the "width" value of the column.
414
-     *
415
-     * @param string $fieldName
416
-     * @return int|string
417
-     */
418
-    public function getWidth($fieldName)
419
-    {
420
-        $defaultValue = 'auto';
421
-        return $this->get($fieldName, 'width', $defaultValue);
422
-    }
423
-
424
-    /**
425
-     * Returns the "visible" value of the column.
426
-     *
427
-     * @param string $fieldName
428
-     * @return bool
429
-     */
430
-    public function isVisible($fieldName): bool
431
-    {
432
-        $defaultValue = true;
433
-        return $this->get($fieldName, 'visible', $defaultValue);
434
-    }
435
-
436
-    /**
437
-     * Returns the "editable" value of the column.
438
-     *
439
-     * @param string $columnName
440
-     * @return bool
441
-     */
442
-    public function isEditable($columnName): bool
443
-    {
444
-        $defaultValue = false;
445
-        return $this->get($columnName, 'editable', $defaultValue);
446
-    }
447
-
448
-    /**
449
-     * Returns the "localized" value of the column.
450
-     *
451
-     * @param string $columnName
452
-     * @return bool
453
-     */
454
-    public function isLocalized($columnName): bool
455
-    {
456
-        $defaultValue = true;
457
-        return $this->get($columnName, 'localized', $defaultValue);
458
-    }
459
-
460
-    /**
461
-     *
462
-     * Returns the "html" value of the column.
463
-     *
464
-     * @param string $fieldName
465
-     * @return string
466
-     */
467
-    public function getHeader($fieldName): string
468
-    {
469
-        $defaultValue = '';
470
-        return $this->get($fieldName, 'html', $defaultValue);
471
-    }
472
-
473
-    /**
474
-     * Fetch a possible from a Grid Renderer. If no value is found, returns null
475
-     *
476
-     * @param string $fieldName
477
-     * @param string $key
478
-     * @param mixed $defaultValue
479
-     * @return null|mixed
480
-     */
481
-    public function get($fieldName, $key, $defaultValue = null)
482
-    {
483
-        $value = $defaultValue;
484
-
485
-        $field = $this->getField($fieldName);
486
-        if (isset($field[$key])) {
487
-            $value = $field[$key];
488
-        } elseif ($this->hasRenderers($fieldName)) {
489
-            $renderers = $this->getRenderers($fieldName);
490
-            foreach ($renderers as $rendererConfiguration) {
491
-                if (isset($rendererConfiguration[$key])) {
492
-                    $value = $rendererConfiguration[$key];
493
-                }
494
-            }
495
-        }
496
-        return $value;
497
-    }
498
-
499
-    /**
500
-     * Returns whether the column has a renderer.
501
-     *
502
-     * @param string $fieldName
503
-     * @return bool
504
-     */
505
-    public function hasRenderers($fieldName): bool
506
-    {
507
-        $field = $this->getField($fieldName);
508
-        return empty($field['renderer']) && empty($field['renderers']) ? false : true;
509
-    }
510
-
511
-    /**
512
-     * Returns a renderer.
513
-     *
514
-     * @param string $fieldName
515
-     * @return array
516
-     */
517
-    public function getRenderers($fieldName): array
518
-    {
519
-        $field = $this->getField($fieldName);
520
-        $renderers = [];
521
-        if (!empty($field['renderer'])) {
522
-            $renderers = $this->convertRendererToArray($field['renderer'], $field);
523
-        } elseif (!empty($field['renderers']) && is_array($field['renderers'])) {
524
-            foreach ($field['renderers'] as $renderer) {
525
-                $rendererNameAndConfiguration = $this->convertRendererToArray($renderer, $field);
526
-                $renderers = array_merge($renderers, $rendererNameAndConfiguration);
527
-            }
528
-        }
529
-
530
-        return $renderers;
531
-    }
532
-
533
-    /**
534
-     * @param string $renderer
535
-     * @return array
536
-     */
537
-    protected function convertRendererToArray($renderer, array $field): array
538
-    {
539
-        $result = [];
540
-        if (is_string($renderer)) {
541
-            $configuration = empty($field['rendererConfiguration'])
542
-                ? []
543
-                : $field['rendererConfiguration'];
544
-
545
-            /** @var ColumnRendererInterface $rendererObject */
546
-            $rendererObject = GeneralUtility::makeInstance($renderer);
547
-
548
-            $result[$renderer] = array_merge($rendererObject->getConfiguration(), $configuration);
549
-        // TODO: throw alert message because this is not compatible anymore as of TYPO3 8.7.7
550
-        } elseif ($renderer instanceof ColumnRendererInterface) {
551
-            /** @var ColumnRendererInterface $renderer */
552
-            $result[get_class($renderer)] = $renderer->getConfiguration();
553
-        }
554
-        return $result;
555
-    }
556
-
557
-    /**
558
-     * Returns the class names applied to a cell
559
-     *
560
-     * @param string $fieldName
561
-     * @return bool
562
-     */
563
-    public function getClass($fieldName): bool
564
-    {
565
-        $field = $this->getField($fieldName);
566
-        return isset($field['class']) ? $field['class'] : '';
567
-    }
568
-
569
-    /**
570
-     * Returns whether the column has a label.
571
-     *
572
-     * @param string $fieldNameAndPath
573
-     * @return bool
574
-     */
575
-    public function hasLabel($fieldNameAndPath): bool
576
-    {
577
-        $field = $this->getField($fieldNameAndPath);
578
-
579
-        $hasLabel = empty($field['label']) ? false : true;
580
-
581
-        if (!$hasLabel && $this->hasRenderers($fieldNameAndPath)) {
582
-            $renderers = $this->getRenderers($fieldNameAndPath);
583
-            /** @var $renderer ColumnRendererInterface */
584
-            foreach ($renderers as $renderer) {
585
-                if (isset($renderer['label'])) {
586
-                    $hasLabel = true;
587
-                    break;
588
-                }
589
-            }
590
-        }
591
-        return $hasLabel;
592
-    }
593
-
594
-    /**
595
-     * @return array
596
-     */
597
-    public function getTca(): array
598
-    {
599
-        return $this->tca;
600
-    }
601
-
602
-    /**
603
-     * @return array
604
-     */
605
-    public function getIncludedFields(): array
606
-    {
607
-        return empty($this->tca['included_fields']) ? [] : GeneralUtility::trimExplode(',', $this->tca['included_fields'], true);
608
-    }
609
-
610
-    /**
611
-     * Return excluded fields from configuration + preferences.
612
-     *
613
-     * @return array
614
-     */
615
-    public function getExcludedFields(): array
616
-    {
617
-        $configurationFields = $this->getExcludedFieldsFromConfiguration();
618
-        $preferencesFields = $this->getExcludedFieldsFromPreferences();
619
-
620
-        return array_merge($configurationFields, $preferencesFields);
621
-    }
622
-
623
-    /**
624
-     * Fetch excluded fields from configuration.
625
-     *
626
-     * @return array
627
-     */
628
-    protected function getExcludedFieldsFromConfiguration(): array
629
-    {
630
-        $excludedFields = [];
631
-        if (!empty($this->tca['excluded_fields'])) {
632
-            $excludedFields = GeneralUtility::trimExplode(',', $this->tca['excluded_fields'], true);
633
-        } elseif (!empty($this->tca['export']['excluded_fields'])) { // only for export for legacy reason.
634
-            $excludedFields = GeneralUtility::trimExplode(',', $this->tca['export']['excluded_fields'], true);
635
-        }
636
-        return $excludedFields;
637
-    }
638
-
639
-    /**
640
-     * Fetch excluded fields from preferences.
641
-     *
642
-     * @return array
643
-     */
644
-    protected function getExcludedFieldsFromPreferences(): array
645
-    {
646
-        $excludedFields = $this->getModulePreferences()->get(ConfigurablePart::EXCLUDED_FIELDS, $this->tableName);
647
-        return is_array($excludedFields) ? $excludedFields : [];
648
-    }
649
-
650
-    /**
651
-     * @return bool
652
-     */
653
-    public function areFilesIncludedInExport(): bool
654
-    {
655
-        $isIncluded = true;
656
-
657
-        if (isset($this->tca['export']['include_files'])) {
658
-            $isIncluded = (bool)$this->tca['export']['include_files'];
659
-        }
660
-        return $isIncluded;
661
-    }
662
-
663
-    /**
664
-     * Returns a "facet" service instance.
665
-     *
666
-     * @param string|FacetInterface $facetName
667
-     * @return StandardFacet
668
-     */
669
-    protected function instantiateStandardFacet($facetName): StandardFacet
670
-    {
671
-        $label = $this->getLabel($facetName);
672
-
673
-        /** @var StandardFacet $facetName */
674
-        $facet = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(StandardFacet::class, $facetName, $label);
675
-
676
-        if (!$facet instanceof StandardFacet) {
677
-            throw new \RuntimeException('I could not instantiate a facet for facet name "' . $facetName . '""', 1445856345);
678
-        }
679
-        return $facet;
680
-    }
681
-
682
-    /**
683
-     * Returns a "facet" service instance.
684
-     *
685
-     * @param string|FacetInterface $facetName
686
-     * @return FacetInterface
687
-     */
688
-    public function facet($facetName = ''): FacetInterface
689
-    {
690
-        $facets = $this->getFacets();
691
-        return $facets[$facetName];
692
-    }
693
-
694
-    /**
695
-     * @return FieldPathResolver|object
696
-     */
697
-    protected function getFieldPathResolver()
698
-    {
699
-        return GeneralUtility::makeInstance(FieldPathResolver::class);
700
-    }
701
-
702
-    /**
703
-     * @return ModulePreferences|object
704
-     */
705
-    protected function getModulePreferences()
706
-    {
707
-        return GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ModulePreferences::class);
708
-    }
709
-
710
-    /**
711
-     * @return LanguageService|object
712
-     */
713
-    protected function getLanguageService()
714
-    {
715
-        return GeneralUtility::makeInstance(LanguageService::class);
716
-    }
26
+	/**
27
+	 * @var array
28
+	 */
29
+	protected $tca;
30
+
31
+	/**
32
+	 * @var string
33
+	 */
34
+	protected $tableName;
35
+
36
+	/**
37
+	 * All fields available in the Grid.
38
+	 *
39
+	 * @var array
40
+	 */
41
+	protected $fields;
42
+
43
+	/**
44
+	 * All fields regardless whether they have been excluded or not.
45
+	 *
46
+	 * @var array
47
+	 */
48
+	protected $allFields;
49
+
50
+	/**
51
+	 * @var array
52
+	 */
53
+	protected $instances;
54
+
55
+	/**
56
+	 * @var array
57
+	 */
58
+	protected $facets;
59
+
60
+	/**
61
+	 * __construct
62
+	 *
63
+	 * @param string $tableName
64
+	 */
65
+	public function __construct($tableName)
66
+	{
67
+		$this->tableName = $tableName;
68
+
69
+		if (empty($GLOBALS['TCA'][$this->tableName])) {
70
+			throw new InvalidKeyInArrayException('No TCA existence for table name: ' . $this->tableName, 1356945108);
71
+		}
72
+
73
+		$this->tca = $GLOBALS['TCA'][$this->tableName]['grid'] ?? [];
74
+	}
75
+
76
+	/**
77
+	 * Returns an array containing column names.
78
+	 *
79
+	 * @return array
80
+	 */
81
+	public function getFieldNames(): array
82
+	{
83
+		$fields = $this->getFields();
84
+		return array_keys($fields) ?: [];
85
+	}
86
+
87
+	/**
88
+	 * Returns an array containing column names.
89
+	 *
90
+	 * @return array
91
+	 */
92
+	public function getAllFieldNames(): array
93
+	{
94
+		$allFields = $this->getAllFields();
95
+		return array_keys($allFields);
96
+	}
97
+
98
+	/**
99
+	 * Get the label key.
100
+	 *
101
+	 * @param string $fieldNameAndPath
102
+	 * @return string
103
+	 */
104
+	public function getLabelKey($fieldNameAndPath): string
105
+	{
106
+		$field = $this->getField($fieldNameAndPath);
107
+
108
+		// First option is to get the label from the Grid TCA.
109
+		$rawLabel = '';
110
+		if (isset($field['label'])) {
111
+			$rawLabel = $field['label'];
112
+		}
113
+
114
+		// Second option is to fetch the label from the Column Renderer object.
115
+		if (!$rawLabel && $this->hasRenderers($fieldNameAndPath)) {
116
+			$renderers = $this->getRenderers($fieldNameAndPath);
117
+			/** @var $renderer ColumnRendererInterface */
118
+			foreach ($renderers as $renderer) {
119
+				if (isset($renderer['label'])) {
120
+					$rawLabel = $renderer['label'];
121
+					break;
122
+				}
123
+			}
124
+		}
125
+		return $rawLabel;
126
+	}
127
+
128
+	/**
129
+	 * Get the translation of a label given a column name.
130
+	 *
131
+	 * @param string $fieldNameAndPath
132
+	 * @return string
133
+	 */
134
+	public function getLabel($fieldNameAndPath)
135
+	{
136
+		$label = '';
137
+		if ($this->hasLabel($fieldNameAndPath)) {
138
+			$labelKey = $this->getLabelKey($fieldNameAndPath);
139
+			try {
140
+				$label = $this->getLanguageService()->sL($labelKey);
141
+			} catch (\InvalidArgumentException $e) {
142
+			}
143
+			if (empty($label)) {
144
+				$label = $labelKey;
145
+			}
146
+		} else {
147
+			// Important to notice the label can contains a path, e.g. metadata.categories and must be resolved.
148
+			$dataType = $this->getFieldPathResolver()->getDataType($fieldNameAndPath, $this->tableName);
149
+			$fieldName = $this->getFieldPathResolver()->stripFieldPath($fieldNameAndPath, $this->tableName);
150
+			$table = Tca::table($dataType);
151
+
152
+			if ($table->hasField($fieldName) && $table->field($fieldName)->hasLabel()) {
153
+				$label = $table->field($fieldName)->getLabel();
154
+			}
155
+		}
156
+
157
+		return $label;
158
+	}
159
+
160
+	/**
161
+	 * Returns the field name given its position.
162
+	 *
163
+	 * @param string $position the position of the field in the grid
164
+	 * @return string
165
+	 */
166
+	public function getFieldNameByPosition($position): string
167
+	{
168
+		$fields = array_keys($this->getFields());
169
+		if (empty($fields[$position])) {
170
+			throw new InvalidKeyInArrayException('No field exist for position: ' . $position, 1356945119);
171
+		}
172
+
173
+		return (string)$fields[$position];
174
+	}
175
+
176
+	/**
177
+	 * Returns a field name.
178
+	 *
179
+	 * @param string $fieldName
180
+	 * @return array
181
+	 */
182
+	public function getField($fieldName): array
183
+	{
184
+		$fields = $this->getFields();
185
+		return $fields[$fieldName] ?: [];
186
+	}
187
+
188
+	/**
189
+	 * Returns an array containing column names for the Grid.
190
+	 *
191
+	 * @return array
192
+	 */
193
+	public function getFields(): array
194
+	{
195
+		// Cache this operation since it can take some time.
196
+		if ($this->fields === null) {
197
+			// Fetch all available fields first.
198
+			$fields = $this->getAllFields();
199
+
200
+			if ($this->isBackendMode()) {
201
+				// Then remove the not allowed.
202
+				$fields = $this->filterByIncludedFields($fields);
203
+				$fields = $this->filterByBackendUser($fields);
204
+				$fields = $this->filterByExcludedFields($fields);
205
+			}
206
+
207
+			$this->fields = $fields;
208
+		}
209
+
210
+		return $this->fields;
211
+	}
212
+
213
+	/**
214
+	 * Remove fields according to Grid configuration.
215
+	 *
216
+	 * @param $fields
217
+	 * @return array
218
+	 */
219
+	protected function filterByIncludedFields($fields): array
220
+	{
221
+		$filteredFields = $fields;
222
+		$includedFields = $this->getIncludedFields();
223
+		if (count($includedFields) > 0) {
224
+			$filteredFields = [];
225
+			foreach ($fields as $fieldNameAndPath => $configuration) {
226
+				if (in_array($fieldNameAndPath, $includedFields, true) || !Tca::table($this->tableName)->hasField($fieldNameAndPath)) {
227
+					$filteredFields[$fieldNameAndPath] = $configuration;
228
+				}
229
+			}
230
+		}
231
+		return $filteredFields;
232
+	}
233
+
234
+	/**
235
+	 * Remove fields according to BE User permission.
236
+	 *
237
+	 * @param $fields
238
+	 * @return array
239
+	 */
240
+	protected function filterByBackendUser($fields): array
241
+	{
242
+		if (!$this->getBackendUser()->isAdmin()) {
243
+			foreach ($fields as $fieldName => $field) {
244
+				if (Tca::table($this->tableName)->hasField($fieldName) && !Tca::table($this->tableName)->field($fieldName)->hasAccess()) {
245
+					unset($fields[$fieldName]);
246
+				}
247
+			}
248
+		}
249
+		return $fields;
250
+	}
251
+
252
+	/**
253
+	 * Remove fields according to Grid configuration.
254
+	 *
255
+	 * @param $fields
256
+	 * @return array
257
+	 */
258
+	protected function filterByExcludedFields($fields): array
259
+	{
260
+		// Unset excluded fields.
261
+		foreach ($this->getExcludedFields() as $excludedField) {
262
+			if (isset($fields[$excludedField])) {
263
+				unset($fields[$excludedField]);
264
+			}
265
+		}
266
+
267
+		return $fields;
268
+	}
269
+
270
+	/**
271
+	 * Returns an array containing column names for the Grid.
272
+	 *
273
+	 * @return array
274
+	 */
275
+	public function getAllFields(): array
276
+	{
277
+		// Cache this operation since it can take some time.
278
+		if ($this->allFields === null) {
279
+			$fields = isset($this->tca['columns']) && is_array($this->tca['columns']) ? $this->tca['columns'] : [];
280
+			$gridFieldNames = array_keys($fields);
281
+
282
+			// Fetch all fields of the TCA and merge it back to the fields configured for Grid.
283
+			$tableFieldNames = Tca::table($this->tableName)->getFields();
284
+
285
+			// Just remove system fields from the Grid.
286
+			foreach ($tableFieldNames as $key => $fieldName) {
287
+				if (in_array($fieldName, Tca::getSystemFields())) {
288
+					unset($tableFieldNames[$key]);
289
+				}
290
+			}
291
+
292
+			$additionalFields = array_diff($tableFieldNames, $gridFieldNames);
293
+
294
+			if (!empty($additionalFields)) {
295
+				// Pop out last element of the key
296
+				// Idea is to place new un-configured columns in between. By default, they will be hidden.
297
+				end($fields);
298
+				$lastColumnKey = key($fields);
299
+				$lastColumn = array_pop($fields);
300
+
301
+				// Feed up the grid fields with un configured elements
302
+				foreach ($additionalFields as $additionalField) {
303
+					$fields[$additionalField] = array(
304
+						'visible' => false
305
+					);
306
+
307
+					// Try to guess the format of the field.
308
+					$fieldType = Tca::table($this->tableName)->field($additionalField)->getType();
309
+					if ($fieldType === FieldType::DATE) {
310
+						$fields[$additionalField]['format'] = 'Fab\Vidi\Formatter\Date';
311
+					} elseif ($fieldType === FieldType::DATETIME) {
312
+						$fields[$additionalField]['format'] = 'Fab\Vidi\Formatter\Datetime';
313
+					}
314
+				}
315
+				$fields[$lastColumnKey] = $lastColumn;
316
+			}
317
+
318
+			$this->allFields = $fields;
319
+		}
320
+
321
+		return $this->allFields;
322
+	}
323
+
324
+	/**
325
+	 * Tell whether the field exists in the grid or not.
326
+	 *
327
+	 * @param string $fieldName
328
+	 * @return bool
329
+	 */
330
+	public function hasField($fieldName): bool
331
+	{
332
+		$fields = $this->getFields();
333
+		return isset($fields[$fieldName]);
334
+	}
335
+
336
+	/**
337
+	 * Tell whether the facet exists in the grid or not.
338
+	 *
339
+	 * @param string $facetName
340
+	 * @return bool
341
+	 */
342
+	public function hasFacet($facetName): bool
343
+	{
344
+		$facets = $this->getFacets();
345
+		return isset($facets[$facetName]);
346
+	}
347
+
348
+	/**
349
+	 * Returns an array containing facets fields.
350
+	 *
351
+	 * @return FacetInterface[]
352
+	 */
353
+	public function getFacets(): array
354
+	{
355
+		if ($this->facets === null) {
356
+			$this->facets = [];
357
+
358
+			if (is_array($this->tca['facets'])) {
359
+				foreach ($this->tca['facets'] as $key => $facetNameOrArray) {
360
+					if (is_array($facetNameOrArray)) {
361
+						$name = $facetNameOrArray['name'] ?? '';
362
+
363
+						$label = isset($facetNameOrArray['label'])
364
+							? $this->getLanguageService()->sL($facetNameOrArray['label'])
365
+							: '';
366
+
367
+						$suggestions = $facetNameOrArray['suggestions'] ?? [];
368
+						$configuration = $facetNameOrArray['configuration'] ?? [];
369
+
370
+						/** @var FacetInterface $facetObject */
371
+						$facetObject = GeneralUtility::makeInstance($key, $name, $label, $suggestions, $configuration);
372
+						$this->facets[$facetObject->getName()] = $facetObject;
373
+					} else {
374
+						$this->facets[$facetNameOrArray] = $this->instantiateStandardFacet($facetNameOrArray);
375
+					}
376
+				}
377
+			}
378
+		}
379
+		return $this->facets;
380
+	}
381
+
382
+	/**
383
+	 * Returns the "sortable" value of the column.
384
+	 *
385
+	 * @param string $fieldName
386
+	 * @return int|string
387
+	 */
388
+	public function isSortable($fieldName)
389
+	{
390
+		$defaultValue = true;
391
+		$hasSortableField = Tca::table($this->tableName)->hasSortableField();
392
+		if ($hasSortableField) {
393
+			$isSortable = false;
394
+		} else {
395
+			$isSortable = $this->get($fieldName, 'sortable', $defaultValue);
396
+		}
397
+		return $isSortable;
398
+	}
399
+
400
+	/**
401
+	 * Returns the "canBeHidden" value of the column.
402
+	 *
403
+	 * @param string $fieldName
404
+	 * @return bool
405
+	 */
406
+	public function canBeHidden($fieldName): bool
407
+	{
408
+		$defaultValue = true;
409
+		return $this->get($fieldName, 'canBeHidden', $defaultValue);
410
+	}
411
+
412
+	/**
413
+	 * Returns the "width" value of the column.
414
+	 *
415
+	 * @param string $fieldName
416
+	 * @return int|string
417
+	 */
418
+	public function getWidth($fieldName)
419
+	{
420
+		$defaultValue = 'auto';
421
+		return $this->get($fieldName, 'width', $defaultValue);
422
+	}
423
+
424
+	/**
425
+	 * Returns the "visible" value of the column.
426
+	 *
427
+	 * @param string $fieldName
428
+	 * @return bool
429
+	 */
430
+	public function isVisible($fieldName): bool
431
+	{
432
+		$defaultValue = true;
433
+		return $this->get($fieldName, 'visible', $defaultValue);
434
+	}
435
+
436
+	/**
437
+	 * Returns the "editable" value of the column.
438
+	 *
439
+	 * @param string $columnName
440
+	 * @return bool
441
+	 */
442
+	public function isEditable($columnName): bool
443
+	{
444
+		$defaultValue = false;
445
+		return $this->get($columnName, 'editable', $defaultValue);
446
+	}
447
+
448
+	/**
449
+	 * Returns the "localized" value of the column.
450
+	 *
451
+	 * @param string $columnName
452
+	 * @return bool
453
+	 */
454
+	public function isLocalized($columnName): bool
455
+	{
456
+		$defaultValue = true;
457
+		return $this->get($columnName, 'localized', $defaultValue);
458
+	}
459
+
460
+	/**
461
+	 *
462
+	 * Returns the "html" value of the column.
463
+	 *
464
+	 * @param string $fieldName
465
+	 * @return string
466
+	 */
467
+	public function getHeader($fieldName): string
468
+	{
469
+		$defaultValue = '';
470
+		return $this->get($fieldName, 'html', $defaultValue);
471
+	}
472
+
473
+	/**
474
+	 * Fetch a possible from a Grid Renderer. If no value is found, returns null
475
+	 *
476
+	 * @param string $fieldName
477
+	 * @param string $key
478
+	 * @param mixed $defaultValue
479
+	 * @return null|mixed
480
+	 */
481
+	public function get($fieldName, $key, $defaultValue = null)
482
+	{
483
+		$value = $defaultValue;
484
+
485
+		$field = $this->getField($fieldName);
486
+		if (isset($field[$key])) {
487
+			$value = $field[$key];
488
+		} elseif ($this->hasRenderers($fieldName)) {
489
+			$renderers = $this->getRenderers($fieldName);
490
+			foreach ($renderers as $rendererConfiguration) {
491
+				if (isset($rendererConfiguration[$key])) {
492
+					$value = $rendererConfiguration[$key];
493
+				}
494
+			}
495
+		}
496
+		return $value;
497
+	}
498
+
499
+	/**
500
+	 * Returns whether the column has a renderer.
501
+	 *
502
+	 * @param string $fieldName
503
+	 * @return bool
504
+	 */
505
+	public function hasRenderers($fieldName): bool
506
+	{
507
+		$field = $this->getField($fieldName);
508
+		return empty($field['renderer']) && empty($field['renderers']) ? false : true;
509
+	}
510
+
511
+	/**
512
+	 * Returns a renderer.
513
+	 *
514
+	 * @param string $fieldName
515
+	 * @return array
516
+	 */
517
+	public function getRenderers($fieldName): array
518
+	{
519
+		$field = $this->getField($fieldName);
520
+		$renderers = [];
521
+		if (!empty($field['renderer'])) {
522
+			$renderers = $this->convertRendererToArray($field['renderer'], $field);
523
+		} elseif (!empty($field['renderers']) && is_array($field['renderers'])) {
524
+			foreach ($field['renderers'] as $renderer) {
525
+				$rendererNameAndConfiguration = $this->convertRendererToArray($renderer, $field);
526
+				$renderers = array_merge($renderers, $rendererNameAndConfiguration);
527
+			}
528
+		}
529
+
530
+		return $renderers;
531
+	}
532
+
533
+	/**
534
+	 * @param string $renderer
535
+	 * @return array
536
+	 */
537
+	protected function convertRendererToArray($renderer, array $field): array
538
+	{
539
+		$result = [];
540
+		if (is_string($renderer)) {
541
+			$configuration = empty($field['rendererConfiguration'])
542
+				? []
543
+				: $field['rendererConfiguration'];
544
+
545
+			/** @var ColumnRendererInterface $rendererObject */
546
+			$rendererObject = GeneralUtility::makeInstance($renderer);
547
+
548
+			$result[$renderer] = array_merge($rendererObject->getConfiguration(), $configuration);
549
+		// TODO: throw alert message because this is not compatible anymore as of TYPO3 8.7.7
550
+		} elseif ($renderer instanceof ColumnRendererInterface) {
551
+			/** @var ColumnRendererInterface $renderer */
552
+			$result[get_class($renderer)] = $renderer->getConfiguration();
553
+		}
554
+		return $result;
555
+	}
556
+
557
+	/**
558
+	 * Returns the class names applied to a cell
559
+	 *
560
+	 * @param string $fieldName
561
+	 * @return bool
562
+	 */
563
+	public function getClass($fieldName): bool
564
+	{
565
+		$field = $this->getField($fieldName);
566
+		return isset($field['class']) ? $field['class'] : '';
567
+	}
568
+
569
+	/**
570
+	 * Returns whether the column has a label.
571
+	 *
572
+	 * @param string $fieldNameAndPath
573
+	 * @return bool
574
+	 */
575
+	public function hasLabel($fieldNameAndPath): bool
576
+	{
577
+		$field = $this->getField($fieldNameAndPath);
578
+
579
+		$hasLabel = empty($field['label']) ? false : true;
580
+
581
+		if (!$hasLabel && $this->hasRenderers($fieldNameAndPath)) {
582
+			$renderers = $this->getRenderers($fieldNameAndPath);
583
+			/** @var $renderer ColumnRendererInterface */
584
+			foreach ($renderers as $renderer) {
585
+				if (isset($renderer['label'])) {
586
+					$hasLabel = true;
587
+					break;
588
+				}
589
+			}
590
+		}
591
+		return $hasLabel;
592
+	}
593
+
594
+	/**
595
+	 * @return array
596
+	 */
597
+	public function getTca(): array
598
+	{
599
+		return $this->tca;
600
+	}
601
+
602
+	/**
603
+	 * @return array
604
+	 */
605
+	public function getIncludedFields(): array
606
+	{
607
+		return empty($this->tca['included_fields']) ? [] : GeneralUtility::trimExplode(',', $this->tca['included_fields'], true);
608
+	}
609
+
610
+	/**
611
+	 * Return excluded fields from configuration + preferences.
612
+	 *
613
+	 * @return array
614
+	 */
615
+	public function getExcludedFields(): array
616
+	{
617
+		$configurationFields = $this->getExcludedFieldsFromConfiguration();
618
+		$preferencesFields = $this->getExcludedFieldsFromPreferences();
619
+
620
+		return array_merge($configurationFields, $preferencesFields);
621
+	}
622
+
623
+	/**
624
+	 * Fetch excluded fields from configuration.
625
+	 *
626
+	 * @return array
627
+	 */
628
+	protected function getExcludedFieldsFromConfiguration(): array
629
+	{
630
+		$excludedFields = [];
631
+		if (!empty($this->tca['excluded_fields'])) {
632
+			$excludedFields = GeneralUtility::trimExplode(',', $this->tca['excluded_fields'], true);
633
+		} elseif (!empty($this->tca['export']['excluded_fields'])) { // only for export for legacy reason.
634
+			$excludedFields = GeneralUtility::trimExplode(',', $this->tca['export']['excluded_fields'], true);
635
+		}
636
+		return $excludedFields;
637
+	}
638
+
639
+	/**
640
+	 * Fetch excluded fields from preferences.
641
+	 *
642
+	 * @return array
643
+	 */
644
+	protected function getExcludedFieldsFromPreferences(): array
645
+	{
646
+		$excludedFields = $this->getModulePreferences()->get(ConfigurablePart::EXCLUDED_FIELDS, $this->tableName);
647
+		return is_array($excludedFields) ? $excludedFields : [];
648
+	}
649
+
650
+	/**
651
+	 * @return bool
652
+	 */
653
+	public function areFilesIncludedInExport(): bool
654
+	{
655
+		$isIncluded = true;
656
+
657
+		if (isset($this->tca['export']['include_files'])) {
658
+			$isIncluded = (bool)$this->tca['export']['include_files'];
659
+		}
660
+		return $isIncluded;
661
+	}
662
+
663
+	/**
664
+	 * Returns a "facet" service instance.
665
+	 *
666
+	 * @param string|FacetInterface $facetName
667
+	 * @return StandardFacet
668
+	 */
669
+	protected function instantiateStandardFacet($facetName): StandardFacet
670
+	{
671
+		$label = $this->getLabel($facetName);
672
+
673
+		/** @var StandardFacet $facetName */
674
+		$facet = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(StandardFacet::class, $facetName, $label);
675
+
676
+		if (!$facet instanceof StandardFacet) {
677
+			throw new \RuntimeException('I could not instantiate a facet for facet name "' . $facetName . '""', 1445856345);
678
+		}
679
+		return $facet;
680
+	}
681
+
682
+	/**
683
+	 * Returns a "facet" service instance.
684
+	 *
685
+	 * @param string|FacetInterface $facetName
686
+	 * @return FacetInterface
687
+	 */
688
+	public function facet($facetName = ''): FacetInterface
689
+	{
690
+		$facets = $this->getFacets();
691
+		return $facets[$facetName];
692
+	}
693
+
694
+	/**
695
+	 * @return FieldPathResolver|object
696
+	 */
697
+	protected function getFieldPathResolver()
698
+	{
699
+		return GeneralUtility::makeInstance(FieldPathResolver::class);
700
+	}
701
+
702
+	/**
703
+	 * @return ModulePreferences|object
704
+	 */
705
+	protected function getModulePreferences()
706
+	{
707
+		return GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ModulePreferences::class);
708
+	}
709
+
710
+	/**
711
+	 * @return LanguageService|object
712
+	 */
713
+	protected function getLanguageService()
714
+	{
715
+		return GeneralUtility::makeInstance(LanguageService::class);
716
+	}
717 717
 }
Please login to merge, or discard this patch.
Classes/Domain/Repository/SelectionRepository.php 1 patch
Indentation   +49 added lines, -49 removed lines patch added patch discarded remove patch
@@ -19,62 +19,62 @@
 block discarded – undo
19 19
  */
20 20
 class SelectionRepository extends Repository
21 21
 {
22
-    /**
23
-     * @param string $dataType
24
-     * @return QueryResult
25
-     */
26
-    public function findByDataTypeForCurrentBackendUser($dataType)
27
-    {
28
-        $query = $this->createQuery();
22
+	/**
23
+	 * @param string $dataType
24
+	 * @return QueryResult
25
+	 */
26
+	public function findByDataTypeForCurrentBackendUser($dataType)
27
+	{
28
+		$query = $this->createQuery();
29 29
 
30
-        // Compute the OR part
31
-        if ($this->getBackendUser()->isAdmin()) {
32
-            $logicalOr = $query->logicalOr([$query->equals('visibility', Selection::VISIBILITY_EVERYONE), $query->equals('visibility', Selection::VISIBILITY_ADMIN_ONLY), $query->equals('cruser_id', $this->getBackendUser()->user['uid'])]);
33
-        } else {
34
-            $logicalOr = $query->logicalOr([$query->equals('visibility', Selection::VISIBILITY_EVERYONE), $query->equals('cruser_id', $this->getBackendUser()->user['uid'])]);
35
-        }
30
+		// Compute the OR part
31
+		if ($this->getBackendUser()->isAdmin()) {
32
+			$logicalOr = $query->logicalOr([$query->equals('visibility', Selection::VISIBILITY_EVERYONE), $query->equals('visibility', Selection::VISIBILITY_ADMIN_ONLY), $query->equals('cruser_id', $this->getBackendUser()->user['uid'])]);
33
+		} else {
34
+			$logicalOr = $query->logicalOr([$query->equals('visibility', Selection::VISIBILITY_EVERYONE), $query->equals('cruser_id', $this->getBackendUser()->user['uid'])]);
35
+		}
36 36
 
37
-        // Add matching criteria
38
-        $query->matching(
39
-            $query->logicalAnd([$query->equals('dataType', $dataType), $logicalOr])
40
-        );
37
+		// Add matching criteria
38
+		$query->matching(
39
+			$query->logicalAnd([$query->equals('dataType', $dataType), $logicalOr])
40
+		);
41 41
 
42
-        // Set ordering
43
-        $query->setOrderings(
44
-            array('name' => QueryInterface::ORDER_ASCENDING)
45
-        );
42
+		// Set ordering
43
+		$query->setOrderings(
44
+			array('name' => QueryInterface::ORDER_ASCENDING)
45
+		);
46 46
 
47
-        return $query->execute();
48
-    }
47
+		return $query->execute();
48
+	}
49 49
 
50
-    /**
51
-     * @param string $dataType
52
-     * @return QueryResult
53
-     */
54
-    public function findForEveryone($dataType)
55
-    {
56
-        $query = $this->createQuery();
50
+	/**
51
+	 * @param string $dataType
52
+	 * @return QueryResult
53
+	 */
54
+	public function findForEveryone($dataType)
55
+	{
56
+		$query = $this->createQuery();
57 57
 
58
-        // Add matching criteria
59
-        $query->matching(
60
-            $query->logicalAnd([$query->equals('dataType', $dataType), $query->equals('visibility', Selection::VISIBILITY_EVERYONE)])
61
-        );
58
+		// Add matching criteria
59
+		$query->matching(
60
+			$query->logicalAnd([$query->equals('dataType', $dataType), $query->equals('visibility', Selection::VISIBILITY_EVERYONE)])
61
+		);
62 62
 
63
-        // Set ordering
64
-        $query->setOrderings(
65
-            array('name' => QueryInterface::ORDER_ASCENDING)
66
-        );
63
+		// Set ordering
64
+		$query->setOrderings(
65
+			array('name' => QueryInterface::ORDER_ASCENDING)
66
+		);
67 67
 
68
-        return $query->execute();
69
-    }
68
+		return $query->execute();
69
+	}
70 70
 
71
-    /**
72
-     * Returns an instance of the current Backend User.
73
-     *
74
-     * @return BackendUserAuthentication
75
-     */
76
-    protected function getBackendUser()
77
-    {
78
-        return $GLOBALS['BE_USER'];
79
-    }
71
+	/**
72
+	 * Returns an instance of the current Backend User.
73
+	 *
74
+	 * @return BackendUserAuthentication
75
+	 */
76
+	protected function getBackendUser()
77
+	{
78
+		return $GLOBALS['BE_USER'];
79
+	}
80 80
 }
Please login to merge, or discard this patch.
Classes/Domain/Repository/ContentRepository.php 2 patches
Spacing   +10 added lines, -10 removed lines patch added patch discarded remove patch
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@  discard block
 block discarded – undo
215 215
             foreach ($order->getOrderings() as $ordering => $direction) {
216 216
                 if ($this->hasForeignRelationIn($ordering)) {
217 217
                     $relationalField = $this->getForeignRelationFrom($ordering);
218
-                    $matcher->like($relationalField . '.uid', '');
218
+                    $matcher->like($relationalField.'.uid', '');
219 219
                 }
220 220
             }
221 221
         }
@@ -444,16 +444,16 @@  discard block
 block discarded – undo
444 444
     public function __call($methodName, $arguments)
445 445
     {
446 446
         if (substr($methodName, 0, 6) === 'findBy' && strlen($methodName) > 7) {
447
-            $propertyName = strtolower(substr(substr($methodName, 6), 0, 1)) . substr(substr($methodName, 6), 1);
447
+            $propertyName = strtolower(substr(substr($methodName, 6), 0, 1)).substr(substr($methodName, 6), 1);
448 448
             $result = $this->processMagicCall($propertyName, $arguments[0]);
449 449
         } elseif (substr($methodName, 0, 9) === 'findOneBy' && strlen($methodName) > 10) {
450
-            $propertyName = strtolower(substr(substr($methodName, 9), 0, 1)) . substr(substr($methodName, 9), 1);
450
+            $propertyName = strtolower(substr(substr($methodName, 9), 0, 1)).substr(substr($methodName, 9), 1);
451 451
             $result = $this->processMagicCall($propertyName, $arguments[0], 'one');
452 452
         } elseif (substr($methodName, 0, 7) === 'countBy' && strlen($methodName) > 8) {
453
-            $propertyName = strtolower(substr(substr($methodName, 7), 0, 1)) . substr(substr($methodName, 7), 1);
453
+            $propertyName = strtolower(substr(substr($methodName, 7), 0, 1)).substr(substr($methodName, 7), 1);
454 454
             $result = $this->processMagicCall($propertyName, $arguments[0], 'count');
455 455
         } else {
456
-            throw new UnsupportedMethodException('The method "' . $methodName . '" is not supported by the repository.', 1360838010);
456
+            throw new UnsupportedMethodException('The method "'.$methodName.'" is not supported by the repository.', 1360838010);
457 457
         }
458 458
         return $result;
459 459
     }
@@ -638,7 +638,7 @@  discard block
 block discarded – undo
638 638
 
639 639
                     if (Tca::table($dataType)->hasField($fieldName) && Tca::table($dataType)->field($fieldName)->hasRelation()) {
640 640
                         $foreignTable = Tca::table($dataType)->field($fieldName)->getForeignTable();
641
-                        $fieldNameAndPath = $fieldNameAndPath . '.' . Tca::table($foreignTable)->getLabelField();
641
+                        $fieldNameAndPath = $fieldNameAndPath.'.'.Tca::table($foreignTable)->getLabelField();
642 642
                     }
643 643
                     $constraints[] = $query->like($fieldNameAndPath, $likeClause);
644 644
                 }
@@ -708,17 +708,17 @@  discard block
 block discarded – undo
708 708
 
709 709
                 if (Tca::table($dataType)->field($fieldName)->hasRelation()) {
710 710
                     if (MathUtility::canBeInterpretedAsInteger($operand)) {
711
-                        $fieldNameAndPath = $fieldName . '.uid';
711
+                        $fieldNameAndPath = $fieldName.'.uid';
712 712
                     } else {
713 713
                         $foreignTableName = Tca::table($dataType)->field($fieldName)->getForeignTable();
714 714
                         $foreignTable = Tca::table($foreignTableName);
715
-                        $fieldNameAndPath = $fieldName . '.' . $foreignTable->getLabelField();
715
+                        $fieldNameAndPath = $fieldName.'.'.$foreignTable->getLabelField();
716 716
                     }
717 717
 
718 718
                     // If different means we should restore the prepended path segment for proper SQL parser.
719 719
                     // This is true for a composite field, e.g items.sys_file_metadata for categories.
720 720
                     if ($fieldName !== $fieldPath) {
721
-                        $fieldNameAndPath = $fieldPath . '.' . $fieldNameAndPath;
721
+                        $fieldNameAndPath = $fieldPath.'.'.$fieldNameAndPath;
722 722
                     }
723 723
                 }
724 724
 
@@ -770,7 +770,7 @@  discard block
 block discarded – undo
770 770
         $table = Tca::table($this->dataType);
771 771
         if ($table->field($fieldName)->isGroup()) {
772 772
             $valueParts = explode('.', $value, 2);
773
-            $fieldName = $fieldName . '.' . $valueParts[0];
773
+            $fieldName = $fieldName.'.'.$valueParts[0];
774 774
             $value = $valueParts[1];
775 775
         }
776 776
 
Please login to merge, or discard this patch.
Indentation   +823 added lines, -823 removed lines patch added patch discarded remove patch
@@ -38,827 +38,827 @@
 block discarded – undo
38 38
  */
39 39
 class ContentRepository implements RepositoryInterface
40 40
 {
41
-    /**
42
-     * Tell whether it is a raw result (array) or object being returned.
43
-     *
44
-     * @var bool
45
-     */
46
-    protected $rawResult = false;
47
-
48
-    /**
49
-     * The data type to be returned, e.g fe_users, fe_groups, tt_content, etc...
50
-     *
51
-     * @var string
52
-     */
53
-    protected $dataType;
54
-
55
-    /**
56
-     * The source field is useful in the context of MM relations to know who is the caller
57
-     * e.g findByItems which eventually corresponds to a field name.
58
-     *
59
-     * @var string
60
-     */
61
-    protected $sourceFieldName = '';
62
-
63
-    /**
64
-     * @var array
65
-     */
66
-    protected $errorMessages = [];
67
-
68
-    /**
69
-     * @var QuerySettingsInterface
70
-     */
71
-    protected $defaultQuerySettings;
72
-
73
-    /**
74
-     * @var DataHandler
75
-     */
76
-    protected $dataHandler;
77
-
78
-    /**
79
-     * Constructor
80
-     *
81
-     * @param string $dataType
82
-     */
83
-    public function __construct($dataType)
84
-    {
85
-        $this->dataType = $dataType;
86
-    }
87
-
88
-    /**
89
-     * Returns all objects of this repository.
90
-     *
91
-     * @return Content[]
92
-     */
93
-    public function findAll()
94
-    {
95
-        $query = $this->createQuery();
96
-        return $query->execute();
97
-    }
98
-
99
-    /**
100
-     * Returns all "distinct" values for a given property.
101
-     *
102
-     * @param string $propertyName
103
-     * @param Matcher $matcher
104
-     * @param Order|null $order
105
-     * @return Content[]
106
-     */
107
-    public function findDistinctValues($propertyName, Matcher $matcher = null, Order $order = null): array
108
-    {
109
-        $query = $this->createQuery();
110
-        $query->setDistinct($propertyName);
111
-
112
-        // Remove empty values from selection.
113
-        $constraint = $query->logicalNot($query->equals($propertyName, ''));
114
-
115
-        // Add some additional constraints from the Matcher object.
116
-        $matcherConstraint = null;
117
-        if ($matcher !== null) {
118
-            $matcherConstraint = $this->computeConstraints($query, $matcher);
119
-        }
120
-
121
-        // Assemble the final constraints or not.
122
-        if ($matcherConstraint) {
123
-            $query->logicalAnd([$matcherConstraint, $constraint]);
124
-            $query->matching($query->logicalAnd([$matcherConstraint, $constraint]));
125
-        } else {
126
-            $query->matching($constraint);
127
-        }
128
-
129
-        if ($order) {
130
-            $query->setOrderings($order->getOrderings());
131
-        }
132
-
133
-        return $query->execute();
134
-    }
135
-
136
-    /**
137
-     * Returns all "distinct" values for a given property.
138
-     *
139
-     * @param string $propertyName
140
-     * @param Matcher $matcher
141
-     * @return int
142
-     */
143
-    public function countDistinctValues($propertyName, Matcher $matcher = null): int
144
-    {
145
-        $query = $this->createQuery();
146
-        $query->setDistinct($propertyName);
147
-
148
-        // Remove empty values from selection.
149
-        $constraint = $query->logicalNot($query->equals($propertyName, ''));
150
-
151
-        // Add some additional constraints from the Matcher object.
152
-        $matcherConstraint = null;
153
-        if (!is_null($matcher)) {
154
-            $matcherConstraint = $this->computeConstraints($query, $matcher);
155
-        }
156
-
157
-        // Assemble the final constraints or not.
158
-        if ($matcherConstraint) {
159
-            $query->logicalAnd([$matcherConstraint, $constraint]);
160
-            $query->matching($query->logicalAnd([$matcherConstraint, $constraint]));
161
-        } else {
162
-            $query->matching($constraint);
163
-        }
164
-
165
-        return $query->count();
166
-    }
167
-
168
-    /**
169
-     * Finds an object matching the given identifier.
170
-     *
171
-     * @param int $uid The identifier of the object to find
172
-     * @return Content|null
173
-     * @api
174
-     */
175
-    public function findByUid($uid)
176
-    {
177
-        return $this->findByIdentifier($uid);
178
-    }
179
-
180
-    /**
181
-     * Finds all Contents given specified matches.
182
-     *
183
-     * @param string $propertyName
184
-     * @param array $values
185
-     * @return Content[]
186
-     */
187
-    public function findIn($propertyName, array $values): array
188
-    {
189
-        $query = $this->createQuery();
190
-        $query->matching($query->in($propertyName, $values));
191
-        return $query->execute();
192
-    }
193
-
194
-    /**
195
-     * Finds all Contents given specified matches.
196
-     *
197
-     * @param Matcher $matcher
198
-     * @param Order $order The order
199
-     * @param int $limit
200
-     * @param int $offset
201
-     * @return Content[]
202
-     */
203
-    public function findBy(Matcher $matcher, Order $order = null, $limit = null, $offset = null): array
204
-    {
205
-        $query = $this->createQuery();
206
-
207
-        $limit = (int)$limit; // make sure to cast
208
-        if ($limit > 0) {
209
-            $query->setLimit($limit);
210
-        }
211
-
212
-        if ($order) {
213
-            $query->setOrderings($order->getOrderings());
214
-
215
-            // Loops around the orderings adding if necessary a dummy condition
216
-            // to make sure the relations can be resolved when transforming the query to plain SQL.
217
-            foreach ($order->getOrderings() as $ordering => $direction) {
218
-                if ($this->hasForeignRelationIn($ordering)) {
219
-                    $relationalField = $this->getForeignRelationFrom($ordering);
220
-                    $matcher->like($relationalField . '.uid', '');
221
-                }
222
-            }
223
-        }
224
-
225
-        if ($offset) {
226
-            $query->setOffset($offset);
227
-        }
228
-
229
-        $constraints = $this->computeConstraints($query, $matcher);
230
-
231
-        if ($constraints) {
232
-            $query->matching($constraints);
233
-        }
234
-
235
-        return $query->execute();
236
-    }
237
-
238
-    /**
239
-     * Find one Content object given specified matches.
240
-     *
241
-     * @param Matcher $matcher
242
-     * @return Content
243
-     */
244
-    public function findOneBy(Matcher $matcher): Content
245
-    {
246
-        $query = $this->createQuery();
247
-
248
-        $constraints = $this->computeConstraints($query, $matcher);
249
-
250
-        if ($constraints) {
251
-            $query->matching($constraints);
252
-        }
253
-
254
-        $query->setLimit(1); // only take one!
255
-
256
-        $resultSet = $query->execute();
257
-        if ($resultSet) {
258
-            $resultSet = current($resultSet);
259
-        }
260
-        return $resultSet;
261
-    }
262
-
263
-    /**
264
-     * Count all Contents given specified matches.
265
-     *
266
-     * @param Matcher $matcher
267
-     * @return int
268
-     */
269
-    public function countBy(Matcher $matcher): int
270
-    {
271
-        $query = $this->createQuery();
272
-
273
-        $constraints = $this->computeConstraints($query, $matcher);
274
-
275
-        if ($constraints) {
276
-            $query->matching($constraints);
277
-        }
278
-
279
-        return $query->count();
280
-    }
281
-
282
-    /**
283
-     * Update a content with new information.
284
-     *
285
-     * @param Content $content
286
-     * @param $language
287
-     * @return bool
288
-     */
289
-    public function localize($content, $language): bool
290
-    {
291
-        // Security check
292
-        $this->getContentValidator()->validate($content);
293
-        $this->getLanguageValidator()->validate($language);
294
-
295
-        $dataType = $content->getDataType();
296
-        $handler = $this->getDataHandlerFactory()->action(ProcessAction::LOCALIZE)->forType($dataType)->getDataHandler();
297
-
298
-        $handlerResult = $handler->processLocalize($content, $language);
299
-        $this->errorMessages = $handler->getErrorMessages();
300
-        return $handlerResult;
301
-    }
302
-
303
-    /**
304
-     * Update a content with new information.
305
-     *
306
-     * @param Content $content
307
-     * @return bool
308
-     */
309
-    public function update($content)
310
-    {
311
-        // Security check.
312
-        $this->getContentValidator()->validate($content);
313
-
314
-        $dataType = $content->getDataType();
315
-        $handler = $this->getDataHandlerFactory()->action(ProcessAction::UPDATE)->forType($dataType)->getDataHandler();
316
-
317
-        $handlerResult = $handler->processUpdate($content);
318
-        $this->errorMessages = $handler->getErrorMessages();
319
-        return $handlerResult;
320
-    }
321
-
322
-    /**
323
-     * Removes an object from this repository.
324
-     *
325
-     * @param Content $content
326
-     * @return boolean
327
-     */
328
-    public function remove($content)
329
-    {
330
-        $dataType = $content->getDataType();
331
-        $handler = $this->getDataHandlerFactory()->action(ProcessAction::REMOVE)->forType($dataType)->getDataHandler();
332
-
333
-        $handlerResult = $handler->processRemove($content);
334
-        $this->errorMessages = $handler->getErrorMessages();
335
-        return $handlerResult;
336
-    }
337
-
338
-    /**
339
-     * Move a content within this repository.
340
-     * The $target corresponds to the pid to move the records to.
341
-     * It can also be a negative value in case of sorting. The negative value would be the uid of its predecessor.
342
-     *
343
-     * @param Content $content
344
-     * @param string $target
345
-     * @return bool
346
-     */
347
-    public function move($content, $target): bool
348
-    {
349
-        // Security check.
350
-        $this->getContentValidator()->validate($content);
351
-
352
-        $dataType = $content->getDataType();
353
-        $handler = $this->getDataHandlerFactory()->action(ProcessAction::MOVE)->forType($dataType)->getDataHandler();
354
-
355
-        $handlerResult = $handler->processMove($content, $target);
356
-        $this->errorMessages = $handler->getErrorMessages();
357
-        return $handlerResult;
358
-    }
359
-
360
-    /**
361
-     * Copy a content within this repository.
362
-     *
363
-     * @param Content $content
364
-     * @return bool
365
-     */
366
-    public function copy($content, $target): bool
367
-    {
368
-        // Security check.
369
-        $this->getContentValidator()->validate($content);
370
-
371
-        $dataType = $content->getDataType();
372
-        $handler = $this->getDataHandlerFactory()->action(ProcessAction::COPY)->forType($dataType)->getDataHandler();
373
-
374
-        $handlerResult = $handler->processCopy($content, $target);
375
-        $this->errorMessages = $handler->getErrorMessages();
376
-        return $handlerResult;
377
-    }
378
-
379
-    /**
380
-     * Adds an object to this repository.
381
-     *
382
-     * @param object $object The object to add
383
-     * @return void
384
-     * @api
385
-     */
386
-    public function add($object)
387
-    {
388
-        throw new \BadMethodCallException('Repository does not support the add() method.', 1375805599);
389
-    }
390
-
391
-    /**
392
-     * Returns the total number objects of this repository.
393
-     *
394
-     * @return integer The object count
395
-     * @api
396
-     */
397
-    public function countAll()
398
-    {
399
-        $query = $this->createQuery();
400
-        return $query->count();
401
-    }
402
-
403
-    /**
404
-     * Removes all objects of this repository as if remove() was called for
405
-     * all of them.
406
-     *
407
-     * @return void
408
-     * @api
409
-     */
410
-    public function removeAll()
411
-    {
412
-        // TODO: Implement removeAll() method.
413
-    }
414
-
415
-    /**
416
-     * Finds an object matching the given identifier.
417
-     *
418
-     * @param mixed $identifier The identifier of the object to find
419
-     * @return Content|null
420
-     * @api
421
-     */
422
-    public function findByIdentifier($identifier)
423
-    {
424
-        $query = $this->createQuery();
425
-
426
-        $result = $query->matching(
427
-            $query->equals('uid', $identifier)
428
-        )
429
-            ->execute();
430
-
431
-        if (is_array($result)) {
432
-            $result = current($result);
433
-        }
434
-
435
-        return $result;
436
-    }
437
-
438
-    /**
439
-     * Dispatches magic methods (findBy[Property]())
440
-     *
441
-     * @param string $methodName The name of the magic method
442
-     * @param string $arguments The arguments of the magic method
443
-     * @return mixed
444
-     * @api
445
-     */
446
-    public function __call($methodName, $arguments)
447
-    {
448
-        if (substr($methodName, 0, 6) === 'findBy' && strlen($methodName) > 7) {
449
-            $propertyName = strtolower(substr(substr($methodName, 6), 0, 1)) . substr(substr($methodName, 6), 1);
450
-            $result = $this->processMagicCall($propertyName, $arguments[0]);
451
-        } elseif (substr($methodName, 0, 9) === 'findOneBy' && strlen($methodName) > 10) {
452
-            $propertyName = strtolower(substr(substr($methodName, 9), 0, 1)) . substr(substr($methodName, 9), 1);
453
-            $result = $this->processMagicCall($propertyName, $arguments[0], 'one');
454
-        } elseif (substr($methodName, 0, 7) === 'countBy' && strlen($methodName) > 8) {
455
-            $propertyName = strtolower(substr(substr($methodName, 7), 0, 1)) . substr(substr($methodName, 7), 1);
456
-            $result = $this->processMagicCall($propertyName, $arguments[0], 'count');
457
-        } else {
458
-            throw new UnsupportedMethodException('The method "' . $methodName . '" is not supported by the repository.', 1360838010);
459
-        }
460
-        return $result;
461
-    }
462
-
463
-    /**
464
-     * Returns a query for objects of this repository
465
-     *
466
-     * @return Query
467
-     * @api
468
-     */
469
-    public function createQuery()
470
-    {
471
-        /** @var Query $query */
472
-        $query = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(Query::class, $this->dataType);
473
-        $query->setSourceFieldName($this->sourceFieldName);
474
-
475
-        if ($this->defaultQuerySettings) {
476
-            $query->setTypo3QuerySettings($this->defaultQuerySettings);
477
-        } else {
478
-            // Initialize and pass the query settings at this level.
479
-            $querySettings = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(Typo3QuerySettings::class);
480
-
481
-            // Default choice for the BE.
482
-            if ($this->isBackendMode()) {
483
-                $querySettings->setIgnoreEnableFields(true);
484
-            }
485
-
486
-            $query->setTypo3QuerySettings($querySettings);
487
-        }
488
-
489
-        return $query;
490
-    }
491
-
492
-    /**
493
-     * Sets the property names to order the result by per default.
494
-     * Expected like this:
495
-     * array(
496
-     * 'foo' => \TYPO3\CMS\Extbase\Persistence\QueryInterface::ORDER_ASCENDING,
497
-     * 'bar' => \TYPO3\CMS\Extbase\Persistence\QueryInterface::ORDER_DESCENDING
498
-     * )
499
-     *
500
-     * @param array $defaultOrderings The property names to order by
501
-     * @return void
502
-     * @api
503
-     */
504
-    public function setDefaultOrderings(array $defaultOrderings)
505
-    {
506
-        throw new \BadMethodCallException('Repository does not support the setDefaultOrderings() method.', 1375805598);
507
-    }
508
-
509
-    /**
510
-     * Sets the default query settings to be used in this repository
511
-     *
512
-     * @param QuerySettingsInterface $defaultQuerySettings The query settings to be used by default
513
-     * @return void
514
-     * @api
515
-     */
516
-    public function setDefaultQuerySettings(QuerySettingsInterface $defaultQuerySettings)
517
-    {
518
-        $this->defaultQuerySettings = $defaultQuerySettings;
519
-    }
520
-
521
-    /**
522
-     * @return void
523
-     */
524
-    public function resetDefaultQuerySettings(): void
525
-    {
526
-        $this->defaultQuerySettings = null;
527
-    }
528
-
529
-
530
-    /**
531
-     * @return array
532
-     */
533
-    public function getErrorMessages(): array
534
-    {
535
-        return $this->errorMessages;
536
-    }
537
-
538
-    /**
539
-     * @param string $sourceFieldName
540
-     * @return $this
541
-     */
542
-    public function setSourceFieldName($sourceFieldName): self
543
-    {
544
-        $this->sourceFieldName = $sourceFieldName;
545
-        return $this;
546
-    }
547
-
548
-    /**
549
-     * @return string
550
-     */
551
-    public function getDataType(): string
552
-    {
553
-        return $this->dataType;
554
-    }
555
-
556
-    /**
557
-     * Tell whether the order has a foreign table in its expression, e.g. "metadata.title".
558
-     *
559
-     * @param string $ordering
560
-     * @return bool
561
-     */
562
-    protected function hasForeignRelationIn($ordering): bool
563
-    {
564
-        return strpos($ordering, '.') !== false;
565
-    }
566
-
567
-    /**
568
-     * Extract the foreign relation of the ordering "metadata.title" -> "metadata"
569
-     *
570
-     * @param string $ordering
571
-     * @return string
572
-     */
573
-    protected function getForeignRelationFrom($ordering): string
574
-    {
575
-        $parts = explode('.', $ordering);
576
-        return $parts[0];
577
-    }
578
-
579
-    /**
580
-     * Get the constraints
581
-     *
582
-     * @param Query $query
583
-     * @param Matcher $matcher
584
-     * @return ConstraintInterface|null
585
-     */
586
-    protected function computeConstraints(Query $query, Matcher $matcher): ?ConstraintInterface
587
-    {
588
-        $constraints = null;
589
-
590
-        $collectedConstraints = [];
591
-
592
-        // Search term
593
-        $constraint = $this->computeSearchTermConstraint($query, $matcher);
594
-        if ($constraint) {
595
-            $collectedConstraints[] = $constraint;
596
-        }
597
-
598
-        foreach ($matcher->getSupportedOperators() as $operator) {
599
-            $constraint = $this->computeConstraint($query, $matcher, $operator);
600
-            if ($constraint) {
601
-                $collectedConstraints[] = $constraint;
602
-            }
603
-        }
604
-
605
-        if (count($collectedConstraints) > 1) {
606
-            $logical = $matcher->getDefaultLogicalSeparator();
607
-            $constraints = $query->$logical($collectedConstraints);
608
-        } elseif (!empty($collectedConstraints)) {
609
-            // true means there is one constraint only and should become the result
610
-            $constraints = current($collectedConstraints);
611
-        }
612
-
613
-        // Trigger signal for post processing the computed constraints object.
614
-        $constraints = $this->emitPostProcessConstraintsSignal($query, $constraints);
615
-
616
-        return $constraints;
617
-    }
618
-
619
-    /**
620
-     * Computes the search constraint and returns it.
621
-     *
622
-     * @param Query $query
623
-     * @param Matcher $matcher
624
-     * @return ConstraintInterface|null
625
-     */
626
-    protected function computeSearchTermConstraint(Query $query, Matcher $matcher): ?ConstraintInterface
627
-    {
628
-        $result = null;
629
-
630
-        // Search term case
631
-        if ($matcher->getSearchTerm()) {
632
-            $fields = GeneralUtility::trimExplode(',', Tca::table($this->dataType)->getSearchFields(), true);
633
-
634
-            $constraints = [];
635
-            $likeClause = sprintf('%%%s%%', $matcher->getSearchTerm());
636
-            foreach ($fields as $fieldNameAndPath) {
637
-                if ($this->isSuitableForLike($fieldNameAndPath, $matcher->getSearchTerm())) {
638
-                    $dataType = $this->getFieldPathResolver()->getDataType($fieldNameAndPath, $this->dataType);
639
-                    $fieldName = $this->getFieldPathResolver()->stripFieldPath($fieldNameAndPath, $this->dataType);
640
-
641
-                    if (Tca::table($dataType)->hasField($fieldName) && Tca::table($dataType)->field($fieldName)->hasRelation()) {
642
-                        $foreignTable = Tca::table($dataType)->field($fieldName)->getForeignTable();
643
-                        $fieldNameAndPath = $fieldNameAndPath . '.' . Tca::table($foreignTable)->getLabelField();
644
-                    }
645
-                    $constraints[] = $query->like($fieldNameAndPath, $likeClause);
646
-                }
647
-            }
648
-            $logical = $matcher->getLogicalSeparatorForSearchTerm();
649
-            $result = $query->$logical($constraints);
650
-        }
651
-
652
-        return $result;
653
-    }
654
-
655
-    /**
656
-     * It does not make sense to have a "like" in presence of numerical field, e.g "uid".
657
-     * Tell whether the given value makes sense for a "like" clause.
658
-     *
659
-     * @param string $fieldNameAndPath
660
-     * @param string $value
661
-     * @return bool
662
-     */
663
-    protected function isSuitableForLike($fieldNameAndPath, $value): bool
664
-    {
665
-        $isSuitable = true;
666
-
667
-        // true means it is a string
668
-        if (!MathUtility::canBeInterpretedAsInteger($value)) {
669
-            $dataType = $this->getFieldPathResolver()->getDataType($fieldNameAndPath, $this->dataType);
670
-            $fieldName = $this->getFieldPathResolver()->stripFieldPath($fieldNameAndPath, $this->dataType);
671
-
672
-            if (Tca::table($dataType)->field($fieldName)->isNumerical()
673
-                && !Tca::table($dataType)->field($fieldName)->hasRelation()
674
-            ) {
675
-                $isSuitable = false;
676
-            }
677
-        }
678
-
679
-        return $isSuitable;
680
-    }
681
-
682
-    /**
683
-     * Computes the constraint for matches and returns it.
684
-     *
685
-     * @param Query $query
686
-     * @param Matcher $matcher
687
-     * @param string $operator
688
-     * @return ConstraintInterface|null
689
-     */
690
-    protected function computeConstraint(Query $query, Matcher $matcher, $operator): ?ConstraintInterface
691
-    {
692
-        $result = null;
693
-
694
-        $operatorName = ucfirst($operator);
695
-        $getCriteria = sprintf('get%s', $operatorName);
696
-        $criteria = $matcher->$getCriteria();
697
-
698
-        if (!empty($criteria)) {
699
-            $constraints = [];
700
-
701
-            foreach ($criteria as $criterion) {
702
-                $fieldNameAndPath = $criterion['fieldNameAndPath'];
703
-                $operand = $criterion['operand'];
704
-
705
-                // Compute a few variables...
706
-                // $dataType is generally equals to $this->dataType but not always... if fieldName is a path.
707
-                $dataType = $this->getFieldPathResolver()->getDataType($fieldNameAndPath, $this->dataType);
708
-                $fieldName = $this->getFieldPathResolver()->stripFieldPath($fieldNameAndPath, $this->dataType);
709
-                $fieldPath = $this->getFieldPathResolver()->stripFieldName($fieldNameAndPath, $this->dataType);
710
-
711
-                if (Tca::table($dataType)->field($fieldName)->hasRelation()) {
712
-                    if (MathUtility::canBeInterpretedAsInteger($operand)) {
713
-                        $fieldNameAndPath = $fieldName . '.uid';
714
-                    } else {
715
-                        $foreignTableName = Tca::table($dataType)->field($fieldName)->getForeignTable();
716
-                        $foreignTable = Tca::table($foreignTableName);
717
-                        $fieldNameAndPath = $fieldName . '.' . $foreignTable->getLabelField();
718
-                    }
719
-
720
-                    // If different means we should restore the prepended path segment for proper SQL parser.
721
-                    // This is true for a composite field, e.g items.sys_file_metadata for categories.
722
-                    if ($fieldName !== $fieldPath) {
723
-                        $fieldNameAndPath = $fieldPath . '.' . $fieldNameAndPath;
724
-                    }
725
-                }
726
-
727
-                if (strpos($operator, 'not') === 0) {
728
-                    $strippedOperator = strtolower(substr($operator, 3));
729
-                    $constraints[] = $query->logicalNot($query->$strippedOperator($fieldNameAndPath, $criterion['operand']));
730
-                } else {
731
-                    $constraints[] = $query->$operator($fieldNameAndPath, $criterion['operand']);
732
-                }
733
-            }
734
-
735
-            $getLogicalSeparator = sprintf('getLogicalSeparatorFor%s', $operatorName);
736
-            $logical = method_exists($matcher, $getLogicalSeparator)
737
-                ? $matcher->$getLogicalSeparator()
738
-                : $matcher->getDefaultLogicalSeparator();
739
-
740
-            $result = $query->$logical($constraints);
741
-        }
742
-
743
-        return $result;
744
-    }
745
-
746
-    /**
747
-     * @return DataHandler
748
-     */
749
-    protected function getDataHandler(): DataHandler
750
-    {
751
-        if (!$this->dataHandler) {
752
-            $this->dataHandler = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(DataHandler::class);
753
-        }
754
-        return $this->dataHandler;
755
-    }
756
-
757
-    /**
758
-     * Handle the magic call by properly creating a Query object and returning its result.
759
-     *
760
-     * @param string $propertyName
761
-     * @param string $value
762
-     * @param string $flag
763
-     * @return mixed
764
-     */
765
-    protected function processMagicCall($propertyName, $value, $flag = '')
766
-    {
767
-        $fieldName = Property::name($propertyName)->of($this->dataType)->toFieldName();
768
-
769
-        /** @var $matcher Matcher */
770
-        $matcher = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(Matcher::class, [], $this->getDataType());
771
-
772
-        $table = Tca::table($this->dataType);
773
-        if ($table->field($fieldName)->isGroup()) {
774
-            $valueParts = explode('.', $value, 2);
775
-            $fieldName = $fieldName . '.' . $valueParts[0];
776
-            $value = $valueParts[1];
777
-        }
778
-
779
-        $matcher->equals($fieldName, $value);
780
-
781
-        if ($flag === 'count') {
782
-            $result = $this->countBy($matcher);
783
-        } else {
784
-            $result = $this->findBy($matcher);
785
-        }
786
-        return $flag === 'one' && !empty($result) ? reset($result) : $result;
787
-    }
788
-
789
-    /**
790
-     * @return DataHandlerFactory|object
791
-     */
792
-    protected function getDataHandlerFactory()
793
-    {
794
-        return GeneralUtility::makeInstance(DataHandlerFactory::class);
795
-    }
796
-
797
-    protected function isBackendMode(): bool
798
-    {
799
-        return Typo3Mode::isBackendMode();
800
-    }
801
-
802
-    /**
803
-     * @return FieldPathResolver|object
804
-     */
805
-    protected function getFieldPathResolver()
806
-    {
807
-        return GeneralUtility::makeInstance(FieldPathResolver::class);
808
-    }
809
-
810
-    /**
811
-     * @return ContentValidator|object
812
-     */
813
-    protected function getContentValidator(): ContentValidator
814
-    {
815
-        return GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ContentValidator::class);
816
-    }
817
-
818
-    /**
819
-     * @return LanguageValidator|object
820
-     */
821
-    protected function getLanguageValidator(): LanguageValidator
822
-    {
823
-        return GeneralUtility::makeInstance(LanguageValidator::class);
824
-    }
825
-
826
-    /**
827
-     * Signal that is called for post-processing the computed constraints object.
828
-     *
829
-     * @param Query $query
830
-     * @param ConstraintInterface|null $constraints
831
-     * @return ConstraintInterface|null $constraints
832
-     */
833
-    protected function emitPostProcessConstraintsSignal(Query $query, $constraints): ?ConstraintInterface
834
-    {
835
-        /** @var ConstraintContainer $constraintContainer */
836
-        $constraintContainer = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConstraintContainer::class);
837
-        $result = $this->getSignalSlotDispatcher()->dispatch(
838
-            self::class,
839
-            'postProcessConstraintsObject',
840
-            [
841
-                $query,
842
-                $constraints,
843
-                $constraintContainer
844
-            ]
845
-        );
846
-
847
-        // Backward compatibility.
848
-        $processedConstraints = $result[1];
849
-
850
-        // New way to transmit the constraints.
851
-        if ($constraintContainer->getConstraint()) {
852
-            $processedConstraints = $constraintContainer->getConstraint();
853
-        }
854
-        return $processedConstraints;
855
-    }
856
-
857
-    /**
858
-     * @return Dispatcher
859
-     */
860
-    protected function getSignalSlotDispatcher(): Dispatcher
861
-    {
862
-        return GeneralUtility::makeInstance(Dispatcher::class);
863
-    }
41
+	/**
42
+	 * Tell whether it is a raw result (array) or object being returned.
43
+	 *
44
+	 * @var bool
45
+	 */
46
+	protected $rawResult = false;
47
+
48
+	/**
49
+	 * The data type to be returned, e.g fe_users, fe_groups, tt_content, etc...
50
+	 *
51
+	 * @var string
52
+	 */
53
+	protected $dataType;
54
+
55
+	/**
56
+	 * The source field is useful in the context of MM relations to know who is the caller
57
+	 * e.g findByItems which eventually corresponds to a field name.
58
+	 *
59
+	 * @var string
60
+	 */
61
+	protected $sourceFieldName = '';
62
+
63
+	/**
64
+	 * @var array
65
+	 */
66
+	protected $errorMessages = [];
67
+
68
+	/**
69
+	 * @var QuerySettingsInterface
70
+	 */
71
+	protected $defaultQuerySettings;
72
+
73
+	/**
74
+	 * @var DataHandler
75
+	 */
76
+	protected $dataHandler;
77
+
78
+	/**
79
+	 * Constructor
80
+	 *
81
+	 * @param string $dataType
82
+	 */
83
+	public function __construct($dataType)
84
+	{
85
+		$this->dataType = $dataType;
86
+	}
87
+
88
+	/**
89
+	 * Returns all objects of this repository.
90
+	 *
91
+	 * @return Content[]
92
+	 */
93
+	public function findAll()
94
+	{
95
+		$query = $this->createQuery();
96
+		return $query->execute();
97
+	}
98
+
99
+	/**
100
+	 * Returns all "distinct" values for a given property.
101
+	 *
102
+	 * @param string $propertyName
103
+	 * @param Matcher $matcher
104
+	 * @param Order|null $order
105
+	 * @return Content[]
106
+	 */
107
+	public function findDistinctValues($propertyName, Matcher $matcher = null, Order $order = null): array
108
+	{
109
+		$query = $this->createQuery();
110
+		$query->setDistinct($propertyName);
111
+
112
+		// Remove empty values from selection.
113
+		$constraint = $query->logicalNot($query->equals($propertyName, ''));
114
+
115
+		// Add some additional constraints from the Matcher object.
116
+		$matcherConstraint = null;
117
+		if ($matcher !== null) {
118
+			$matcherConstraint = $this->computeConstraints($query, $matcher);
119
+		}
120
+
121
+		// Assemble the final constraints or not.
122
+		if ($matcherConstraint) {
123
+			$query->logicalAnd([$matcherConstraint, $constraint]);
124
+			$query->matching($query->logicalAnd([$matcherConstraint, $constraint]));
125
+		} else {
126
+			$query->matching($constraint);
127
+		}
128
+
129
+		if ($order) {
130
+			$query->setOrderings($order->getOrderings());
131
+		}
132
+
133
+		return $query->execute();
134
+	}
135
+
136
+	/**
137
+	 * Returns all "distinct" values for a given property.
138
+	 *
139
+	 * @param string $propertyName
140
+	 * @param Matcher $matcher
141
+	 * @return int
142
+	 */
143
+	public function countDistinctValues($propertyName, Matcher $matcher = null): int
144
+	{
145
+		$query = $this->createQuery();
146
+		$query->setDistinct($propertyName);
147
+
148
+		// Remove empty values from selection.
149
+		$constraint = $query->logicalNot($query->equals($propertyName, ''));
150
+
151
+		// Add some additional constraints from the Matcher object.
152
+		$matcherConstraint = null;
153
+		if (!is_null($matcher)) {
154
+			$matcherConstraint = $this->computeConstraints($query, $matcher);
155
+		}
156
+
157
+		// Assemble the final constraints or not.
158
+		if ($matcherConstraint) {
159
+			$query->logicalAnd([$matcherConstraint, $constraint]);
160
+			$query->matching($query->logicalAnd([$matcherConstraint, $constraint]));
161
+		} else {
162
+			$query->matching($constraint);
163
+		}
164
+
165
+		return $query->count();
166
+	}
167
+
168
+	/**
169
+	 * Finds an object matching the given identifier.
170
+	 *
171
+	 * @param int $uid The identifier of the object to find
172
+	 * @return Content|null
173
+	 * @api
174
+	 */
175
+	public function findByUid($uid)
176
+	{
177
+		return $this->findByIdentifier($uid);
178
+	}
179
+
180
+	/**
181
+	 * Finds all Contents given specified matches.
182
+	 *
183
+	 * @param string $propertyName
184
+	 * @param array $values
185
+	 * @return Content[]
186
+	 */
187
+	public function findIn($propertyName, array $values): array
188
+	{
189
+		$query = $this->createQuery();
190
+		$query->matching($query->in($propertyName, $values));
191
+		return $query->execute();
192
+	}
193
+
194
+	/**
195
+	 * Finds all Contents given specified matches.
196
+	 *
197
+	 * @param Matcher $matcher
198
+	 * @param Order $order The order
199
+	 * @param int $limit
200
+	 * @param int $offset
201
+	 * @return Content[]
202
+	 */
203
+	public function findBy(Matcher $matcher, Order $order = null, $limit = null, $offset = null): array
204
+	{
205
+		$query = $this->createQuery();
206
+
207
+		$limit = (int)$limit; // make sure to cast
208
+		if ($limit > 0) {
209
+			$query->setLimit($limit);
210
+		}
211
+
212
+		if ($order) {
213
+			$query->setOrderings($order->getOrderings());
214
+
215
+			// Loops around the orderings adding if necessary a dummy condition
216
+			// to make sure the relations can be resolved when transforming the query to plain SQL.
217
+			foreach ($order->getOrderings() as $ordering => $direction) {
218
+				if ($this->hasForeignRelationIn($ordering)) {
219
+					$relationalField = $this->getForeignRelationFrom($ordering);
220
+					$matcher->like($relationalField . '.uid', '');
221
+				}
222
+			}
223
+		}
224
+
225
+		if ($offset) {
226
+			$query->setOffset($offset);
227
+		}
228
+
229
+		$constraints = $this->computeConstraints($query, $matcher);
230
+
231
+		if ($constraints) {
232
+			$query->matching($constraints);
233
+		}
234
+
235
+		return $query->execute();
236
+	}
237
+
238
+	/**
239
+	 * Find one Content object given specified matches.
240
+	 *
241
+	 * @param Matcher $matcher
242
+	 * @return Content
243
+	 */
244
+	public function findOneBy(Matcher $matcher): Content
245
+	{
246
+		$query = $this->createQuery();
247
+
248
+		$constraints = $this->computeConstraints($query, $matcher);
249
+
250
+		if ($constraints) {
251
+			$query->matching($constraints);
252
+		}
253
+
254
+		$query->setLimit(1); // only take one!
255
+
256
+		$resultSet = $query->execute();
257
+		if ($resultSet) {
258
+			$resultSet = current($resultSet);
259
+		}
260
+		return $resultSet;
261
+	}
262
+
263
+	/**
264
+	 * Count all Contents given specified matches.
265
+	 *
266
+	 * @param Matcher $matcher
267
+	 * @return int
268
+	 */
269
+	public function countBy(Matcher $matcher): int
270
+	{
271
+		$query = $this->createQuery();
272
+
273
+		$constraints = $this->computeConstraints($query, $matcher);
274
+
275
+		if ($constraints) {
276
+			$query->matching($constraints);
277
+		}
278
+
279
+		return $query->count();
280
+	}
281
+
282
+	/**
283
+	 * Update a content with new information.
284
+	 *
285
+	 * @param Content $content
286
+	 * @param $language
287
+	 * @return bool
288
+	 */
289
+	public function localize($content, $language): bool
290
+	{
291
+		// Security check
292
+		$this->getContentValidator()->validate($content);
293
+		$this->getLanguageValidator()->validate($language);
294
+
295
+		$dataType = $content->getDataType();
296
+		$handler = $this->getDataHandlerFactory()->action(ProcessAction::LOCALIZE)->forType($dataType)->getDataHandler();
297
+
298
+		$handlerResult = $handler->processLocalize($content, $language);
299
+		$this->errorMessages = $handler->getErrorMessages();
300
+		return $handlerResult;
301
+	}
302
+
303
+	/**
304
+	 * Update a content with new information.
305
+	 *
306
+	 * @param Content $content
307
+	 * @return bool
308
+	 */
309
+	public function update($content)
310
+	{
311
+		// Security check.
312
+		$this->getContentValidator()->validate($content);
313
+
314
+		$dataType = $content->getDataType();
315
+		$handler = $this->getDataHandlerFactory()->action(ProcessAction::UPDATE)->forType($dataType)->getDataHandler();
316
+
317
+		$handlerResult = $handler->processUpdate($content);
318
+		$this->errorMessages = $handler->getErrorMessages();
319
+		return $handlerResult;
320
+	}
321
+
322
+	/**
323
+	 * Removes an object from this repository.
324
+	 *
325
+	 * @param Content $content
326
+	 * @return boolean
327
+	 */
328
+	public function remove($content)
329
+	{
330
+		$dataType = $content->getDataType();
331
+		$handler = $this->getDataHandlerFactory()->action(ProcessAction::REMOVE)->forType($dataType)->getDataHandler();
332
+
333
+		$handlerResult = $handler->processRemove($content);
334
+		$this->errorMessages = $handler->getErrorMessages();
335
+		return $handlerResult;
336
+	}
337
+
338
+	/**
339
+	 * Move a content within this repository.
340
+	 * The $target corresponds to the pid to move the records to.
341
+	 * It can also be a negative value in case of sorting. The negative value would be the uid of its predecessor.
342
+	 *
343
+	 * @param Content $content
344
+	 * @param string $target
345
+	 * @return bool
346
+	 */
347
+	public function move($content, $target): bool
348
+	{
349
+		// Security check.
350
+		$this->getContentValidator()->validate($content);
351
+
352
+		$dataType = $content->getDataType();
353
+		$handler = $this->getDataHandlerFactory()->action(ProcessAction::MOVE)->forType($dataType)->getDataHandler();
354
+
355
+		$handlerResult = $handler->processMove($content, $target);
356
+		$this->errorMessages = $handler->getErrorMessages();
357
+		return $handlerResult;
358
+	}
359
+
360
+	/**
361
+	 * Copy a content within this repository.
362
+	 *
363
+	 * @param Content $content
364
+	 * @return bool
365
+	 */
366
+	public function copy($content, $target): bool
367
+	{
368
+		// Security check.
369
+		$this->getContentValidator()->validate($content);
370
+
371
+		$dataType = $content->getDataType();
372
+		$handler = $this->getDataHandlerFactory()->action(ProcessAction::COPY)->forType($dataType)->getDataHandler();
373
+
374
+		$handlerResult = $handler->processCopy($content, $target);
375
+		$this->errorMessages = $handler->getErrorMessages();
376
+		return $handlerResult;
377
+	}
378
+
379
+	/**
380
+	 * Adds an object to this repository.
381
+	 *
382
+	 * @param object $object The object to add
383
+	 * @return void
384
+	 * @api
385
+	 */
386
+	public function add($object)
387
+	{
388
+		throw new \BadMethodCallException('Repository does not support the add() method.', 1375805599);
389
+	}
390
+
391
+	/**
392
+	 * Returns the total number objects of this repository.
393
+	 *
394
+	 * @return integer The object count
395
+	 * @api
396
+	 */
397
+	public function countAll()
398
+	{
399
+		$query = $this->createQuery();
400
+		return $query->count();
401
+	}
402
+
403
+	/**
404
+	 * Removes all objects of this repository as if remove() was called for
405
+	 * all of them.
406
+	 *
407
+	 * @return void
408
+	 * @api
409
+	 */
410
+	public function removeAll()
411
+	{
412
+		// TODO: Implement removeAll() method.
413
+	}
414
+
415
+	/**
416
+	 * Finds an object matching the given identifier.
417
+	 *
418
+	 * @param mixed $identifier The identifier of the object to find
419
+	 * @return Content|null
420
+	 * @api
421
+	 */
422
+	public function findByIdentifier($identifier)
423
+	{
424
+		$query = $this->createQuery();
425
+
426
+		$result = $query->matching(
427
+			$query->equals('uid', $identifier)
428
+		)
429
+			->execute();
430
+
431
+		if (is_array($result)) {
432
+			$result = current($result);
433
+		}
434
+
435
+		return $result;
436
+	}
437
+
438
+	/**
439
+	 * Dispatches magic methods (findBy[Property]())
440
+	 *
441
+	 * @param string $methodName The name of the magic method
442
+	 * @param string $arguments The arguments of the magic method
443
+	 * @return mixed
444
+	 * @api
445
+	 */
446
+	public function __call($methodName, $arguments)
447
+	{
448
+		if (substr($methodName, 0, 6) === 'findBy' && strlen($methodName) > 7) {
449
+			$propertyName = strtolower(substr(substr($methodName, 6), 0, 1)) . substr(substr($methodName, 6), 1);
450
+			$result = $this->processMagicCall($propertyName, $arguments[0]);
451
+		} elseif (substr($methodName, 0, 9) === 'findOneBy' && strlen($methodName) > 10) {
452
+			$propertyName = strtolower(substr(substr($methodName, 9), 0, 1)) . substr(substr($methodName, 9), 1);
453
+			$result = $this->processMagicCall($propertyName, $arguments[0], 'one');
454
+		} elseif (substr($methodName, 0, 7) === 'countBy' && strlen($methodName) > 8) {
455
+			$propertyName = strtolower(substr(substr($methodName, 7), 0, 1)) . substr(substr($methodName, 7), 1);
456
+			$result = $this->processMagicCall($propertyName, $arguments[0], 'count');
457
+		} else {
458
+			throw new UnsupportedMethodException('The method "' . $methodName . '" is not supported by the repository.', 1360838010);
459
+		}
460
+		return $result;
461
+	}
462
+
463
+	/**
464
+	 * Returns a query for objects of this repository
465
+	 *
466
+	 * @return Query
467
+	 * @api
468
+	 */
469
+	public function createQuery()
470
+	{
471
+		/** @var Query $query */
472
+		$query = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(Query::class, $this->dataType);
473
+		$query->setSourceFieldName($this->sourceFieldName);
474
+
475
+		if ($this->defaultQuerySettings) {
476
+			$query->setTypo3QuerySettings($this->defaultQuerySettings);
477
+		} else {
478
+			// Initialize and pass the query settings at this level.
479
+			$querySettings = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(Typo3QuerySettings::class);
480
+
481
+			// Default choice for the BE.
482
+			if ($this->isBackendMode()) {
483
+				$querySettings->setIgnoreEnableFields(true);
484
+			}
485
+
486
+			$query->setTypo3QuerySettings($querySettings);
487
+		}
488
+
489
+		return $query;
490
+	}
491
+
492
+	/**
493
+	 * Sets the property names to order the result by per default.
494
+	 * Expected like this:
495
+	 * array(
496
+	 * 'foo' => \TYPO3\CMS\Extbase\Persistence\QueryInterface::ORDER_ASCENDING,
497
+	 * 'bar' => \TYPO3\CMS\Extbase\Persistence\QueryInterface::ORDER_DESCENDING
498
+	 * )
499
+	 *
500
+	 * @param array $defaultOrderings The property names to order by
501
+	 * @return void
502
+	 * @api
503
+	 */
504
+	public function setDefaultOrderings(array $defaultOrderings)
505
+	{
506
+		throw new \BadMethodCallException('Repository does not support the setDefaultOrderings() method.', 1375805598);
507
+	}
508
+
509
+	/**
510
+	 * Sets the default query settings to be used in this repository
511
+	 *
512
+	 * @param QuerySettingsInterface $defaultQuerySettings The query settings to be used by default
513
+	 * @return void
514
+	 * @api
515
+	 */
516
+	public function setDefaultQuerySettings(QuerySettingsInterface $defaultQuerySettings)
517
+	{
518
+		$this->defaultQuerySettings = $defaultQuerySettings;
519
+	}
520
+
521
+	/**
522
+	 * @return void
523
+	 */
524
+	public function resetDefaultQuerySettings(): void
525
+	{
526
+		$this->defaultQuerySettings = null;
527
+	}
528
+
529
+
530
+	/**
531
+	 * @return array
532
+	 */
533
+	public function getErrorMessages(): array
534
+	{
535
+		return $this->errorMessages;
536
+	}
537
+
538
+	/**
539
+	 * @param string $sourceFieldName
540
+	 * @return $this
541
+	 */
542
+	public function setSourceFieldName($sourceFieldName): self
543
+	{
544
+		$this->sourceFieldName = $sourceFieldName;
545
+		return $this;
546
+	}
547
+
548
+	/**
549
+	 * @return string
550
+	 */
551
+	public function getDataType(): string
552
+	{
553
+		return $this->dataType;
554
+	}
555
+
556
+	/**
557
+	 * Tell whether the order has a foreign table in its expression, e.g. "metadata.title".
558
+	 *
559
+	 * @param string $ordering
560
+	 * @return bool
561
+	 */
562
+	protected function hasForeignRelationIn($ordering): bool
563
+	{
564
+		return strpos($ordering, '.') !== false;
565
+	}
566
+
567
+	/**
568
+	 * Extract the foreign relation of the ordering "metadata.title" -> "metadata"
569
+	 *
570
+	 * @param string $ordering
571
+	 * @return string
572
+	 */
573
+	protected function getForeignRelationFrom($ordering): string
574
+	{
575
+		$parts = explode('.', $ordering);
576
+		return $parts[0];
577
+	}
578
+
579
+	/**
580
+	 * Get the constraints
581
+	 *
582
+	 * @param Query $query
583
+	 * @param Matcher $matcher
584
+	 * @return ConstraintInterface|null
585
+	 */
586
+	protected function computeConstraints(Query $query, Matcher $matcher): ?ConstraintInterface
587
+	{
588
+		$constraints = null;
589
+
590
+		$collectedConstraints = [];
591
+
592
+		// Search term
593
+		$constraint = $this->computeSearchTermConstraint($query, $matcher);
594
+		if ($constraint) {
595
+			$collectedConstraints[] = $constraint;
596
+		}
597
+
598
+		foreach ($matcher->getSupportedOperators() as $operator) {
599
+			$constraint = $this->computeConstraint($query, $matcher, $operator);
600
+			if ($constraint) {
601
+				$collectedConstraints[] = $constraint;
602
+			}
603
+		}
604
+
605
+		if (count($collectedConstraints) > 1) {
606
+			$logical = $matcher->getDefaultLogicalSeparator();
607
+			$constraints = $query->$logical($collectedConstraints);
608
+		} elseif (!empty($collectedConstraints)) {
609
+			// true means there is one constraint only and should become the result
610
+			$constraints = current($collectedConstraints);
611
+		}
612
+
613
+		// Trigger signal for post processing the computed constraints object.
614
+		$constraints = $this->emitPostProcessConstraintsSignal($query, $constraints);
615
+
616
+		return $constraints;
617
+	}
618
+
619
+	/**
620
+	 * Computes the search constraint and returns it.
621
+	 *
622
+	 * @param Query $query
623
+	 * @param Matcher $matcher
624
+	 * @return ConstraintInterface|null
625
+	 */
626
+	protected function computeSearchTermConstraint(Query $query, Matcher $matcher): ?ConstraintInterface
627
+	{
628
+		$result = null;
629
+
630
+		// Search term case
631
+		if ($matcher->getSearchTerm()) {
632
+			$fields = GeneralUtility::trimExplode(',', Tca::table($this->dataType)->getSearchFields(), true);
633
+
634
+			$constraints = [];
635
+			$likeClause = sprintf('%%%s%%', $matcher->getSearchTerm());
636
+			foreach ($fields as $fieldNameAndPath) {
637
+				if ($this->isSuitableForLike($fieldNameAndPath, $matcher->getSearchTerm())) {
638
+					$dataType = $this->getFieldPathResolver()->getDataType($fieldNameAndPath, $this->dataType);
639
+					$fieldName = $this->getFieldPathResolver()->stripFieldPath($fieldNameAndPath, $this->dataType);
640
+
641
+					if (Tca::table($dataType)->hasField($fieldName) && Tca::table($dataType)->field($fieldName)->hasRelation()) {
642
+						$foreignTable = Tca::table($dataType)->field($fieldName)->getForeignTable();
643
+						$fieldNameAndPath = $fieldNameAndPath . '.' . Tca::table($foreignTable)->getLabelField();
644
+					}
645
+					$constraints[] = $query->like($fieldNameAndPath, $likeClause);
646
+				}
647
+			}
648
+			$logical = $matcher->getLogicalSeparatorForSearchTerm();
649
+			$result = $query->$logical($constraints);
650
+		}
651
+
652
+		return $result;
653
+	}
654
+
655
+	/**
656
+	 * It does not make sense to have a "like" in presence of numerical field, e.g "uid".
657
+	 * Tell whether the given value makes sense for a "like" clause.
658
+	 *
659
+	 * @param string $fieldNameAndPath
660
+	 * @param string $value
661
+	 * @return bool
662
+	 */
663
+	protected function isSuitableForLike($fieldNameAndPath, $value): bool
664
+	{
665
+		$isSuitable = true;
666
+
667
+		// true means it is a string
668
+		if (!MathUtility::canBeInterpretedAsInteger($value)) {
669
+			$dataType = $this->getFieldPathResolver()->getDataType($fieldNameAndPath, $this->dataType);
670
+			$fieldName = $this->getFieldPathResolver()->stripFieldPath($fieldNameAndPath, $this->dataType);
671
+
672
+			if (Tca::table($dataType)->field($fieldName)->isNumerical()
673
+				&& !Tca::table($dataType)->field($fieldName)->hasRelation()
674
+			) {
675
+				$isSuitable = false;
676
+			}
677
+		}
678
+
679
+		return $isSuitable;
680
+	}
681
+
682
+	/**
683
+	 * Computes the constraint for matches and returns it.
684
+	 *
685
+	 * @param Query $query
686
+	 * @param Matcher $matcher
687
+	 * @param string $operator
688
+	 * @return ConstraintInterface|null
689
+	 */
690
+	protected function computeConstraint(Query $query, Matcher $matcher, $operator): ?ConstraintInterface
691
+	{
692
+		$result = null;
693
+
694
+		$operatorName = ucfirst($operator);
695
+		$getCriteria = sprintf('get%s', $operatorName);
696
+		$criteria = $matcher->$getCriteria();
697
+
698
+		if (!empty($criteria)) {
699
+			$constraints = [];
700
+
701
+			foreach ($criteria as $criterion) {
702
+				$fieldNameAndPath = $criterion['fieldNameAndPath'];
703
+				$operand = $criterion['operand'];
704
+
705
+				// Compute a few variables...
706
+				// $dataType is generally equals to $this->dataType but not always... if fieldName is a path.
707
+				$dataType = $this->getFieldPathResolver()->getDataType($fieldNameAndPath, $this->dataType);
708
+				$fieldName = $this->getFieldPathResolver()->stripFieldPath($fieldNameAndPath, $this->dataType);
709
+				$fieldPath = $this->getFieldPathResolver()->stripFieldName($fieldNameAndPath, $this->dataType);
710
+
711
+				if (Tca::table($dataType)->field($fieldName)->hasRelation()) {
712
+					if (MathUtility::canBeInterpretedAsInteger($operand)) {
713
+						$fieldNameAndPath = $fieldName . '.uid';
714
+					} else {
715
+						$foreignTableName = Tca::table($dataType)->field($fieldName)->getForeignTable();
716
+						$foreignTable = Tca::table($foreignTableName);
717
+						$fieldNameAndPath = $fieldName . '.' . $foreignTable->getLabelField();
718
+					}
719
+
720
+					// If different means we should restore the prepended path segment for proper SQL parser.
721
+					// This is true for a composite field, e.g items.sys_file_metadata for categories.
722
+					if ($fieldName !== $fieldPath) {
723
+						$fieldNameAndPath = $fieldPath . '.' . $fieldNameAndPath;
724
+					}
725
+				}
726
+
727
+				if (strpos($operator, 'not') === 0) {
728
+					$strippedOperator = strtolower(substr($operator, 3));
729
+					$constraints[] = $query->logicalNot($query->$strippedOperator($fieldNameAndPath, $criterion['operand']));
730
+				} else {
731
+					$constraints[] = $query->$operator($fieldNameAndPath, $criterion['operand']);
732
+				}
733
+			}
734
+
735
+			$getLogicalSeparator = sprintf('getLogicalSeparatorFor%s', $operatorName);
736
+			$logical = method_exists($matcher, $getLogicalSeparator)
737
+				? $matcher->$getLogicalSeparator()
738
+				: $matcher->getDefaultLogicalSeparator();
739
+
740
+			$result = $query->$logical($constraints);
741
+		}
742
+
743
+		return $result;
744
+	}
745
+
746
+	/**
747
+	 * @return DataHandler
748
+	 */
749
+	protected function getDataHandler(): DataHandler
750
+	{
751
+		if (!$this->dataHandler) {
752
+			$this->dataHandler = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(DataHandler::class);
753
+		}
754
+		return $this->dataHandler;
755
+	}
756
+
757
+	/**
758
+	 * Handle the magic call by properly creating a Query object and returning its result.
759
+	 *
760
+	 * @param string $propertyName
761
+	 * @param string $value
762
+	 * @param string $flag
763
+	 * @return mixed
764
+	 */
765
+	protected function processMagicCall($propertyName, $value, $flag = '')
766
+	{
767
+		$fieldName = Property::name($propertyName)->of($this->dataType)->toFieldName();
768
+
769
+		/** @var $matcher Matcher */
770
+		$matcher = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(Matcher::class, [], $this->getDataType());
771
+
772
+		$table = Tca::table($this->dataType);
773
+		if ($table->field($fieldName)->isGroup()) {
774
+			$valueParts = explode('.', $value, 2);
775
+			$fieldName = $fieldName . '.' . $valueParts[0];
776
+			$value = $valueParts[1];
777
+		}
778
+
779
+		$matcher->equals($fieldName, $value);
780
+
781
+		if ($flag === 'count') {
782
+			$result = $this->countBy($matcher);
783
+		} else {
784
+			$result = $this->findBy($matcher);
785
+		}
786
+		return $flag === 'one' && !empty($result) ? reset($result) : $result;
787
+	}
788
+
789
+	/**
790
+	 * @return DataHandlerFactory|object
791
+	 */
792
+	protected function getDataHandlerFactory()
793
+	{
794
+		return GeneralUtility::makeInstance(DataHandlerFactory::class);
795
+	}
796
+
797
+	protected function isBackendMode(): bool
798
+	{
799
+		return Typo3Mode::isBackendMode();
800
+	}
801
+
802
+	/**
803
+	 * @return FieldPathResolver|object
804
+	 */
805
+	protected function getFieldPathResolver()
806
+	{
807
+		return GeneralUtility::makeInstance(FieldPathResolver::class);
808
+	}
809
+
810
+	/**
811
+	 * @return ContentValidator|object
812
+	 */
813
+	protected function getContentValidator(): ContentValidator
814
+	{
815
+		return GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ContentValidator::class);
816
+	}
817
+
818
+	/**
819
+	 * @return LanguageValidator|object
820
+	 */
821
+	protected function getLanguageValidator(): LanguageValidator
822
+	{
823
+		return GeneralUtility::makeInstance(LanguageValidator::class);
824
+	}
825
+
826
+	/**
827
+	 * Signal that is called for post-processing the computed constraints object.
828
+	 *
829
+	 * @param Query $query
830
+	 * @param ConstraintInterface|null $constraints
831
+	 * @return ConstraintInterface|null $constraints
832
+	 */
833
+	protected function emitPostProcessConstraintsSignal(Query $query, $constraints): ?ConstraintInterface
834
+	{
835
+		/** @var ConstraintContainer $constraintContainer */
836
+		$constraintContainer = GeneralUtility::makeInstance(ConstraintContainer::class);
837
+		$result = $this->getSignalSlotDispatcher()->dispatch(
838
+			self::class,
839
+			'postProcessConstraintsObject',
840
+			[
841
+				$query,
842
+				$constraints,
843
+				$constraintContainer
844
+			]
845
+		);
846
+
847
+		// Backward compatibility.
848
+		$processedConstraints = $result[1];
849
+
850
+		// New way to transmit the constraints.
851
+		if ($constraintContainer->getConstraint()) {
852
+			$processedConstraints = $constraintContainer->getConstraint();
853
+		}
854
+		return $processedConstraints;
855
+	}
856
+
857
+	/**
858
+	 * @return Dispatcher
859
+	 */
860
+	protected function getSignalSlotDispatcher(): Dispatcher
861
+	{
862
+		return GeneralUtility::makeInstance(Dispatcher::class);
863
+	}
864 864
 }
Please login to merge, or discard this patch.